gdb/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
5009afc5 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
669fac23 79* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
80* Symbol Handling::
81* Language Support::
82* Host Definition::
83* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 84* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
85* Target Vector Definition::
86* Native Debugging::
87* Support Libraries::
88* Coding::
89* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 90* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 91* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 92* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 93* Testsuite::
c906108c 94* Hints::
aab4e0ec 95
bcd7e15f 96* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 97* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 98* Index::
c906108c
SS
99@end menu
100
101@node Requirements
102
103@chapter Requirements
56caf160 104@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
105
106Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
107requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
108of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
109that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 110
56caf160
EZ
111First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
112front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
113shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 114
56caf160
EZ
115@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
116available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
117programmer.
c906108c 118
56caf160
EZ
119@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
120the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
121going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
122to debugger commands.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
125While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 126picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
127programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
128mollify the debugger.
c906108c 129
56caf160
EZ
130@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
131Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
132heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 133
56caf160
EZ
134@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
135available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
136supports.
c906108c
SS
137
138
139@node Overall Structure
140
141@chapter Overall Structure
142
56caf160
EZ
143@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
144symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
145@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 146
2e685b93 147The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
148supporting code.
149
150The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
151interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
152parsing, type and value printing.
153
154The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
155physical target manipulation.
156
157The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
158number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
159elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
160supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
161this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
162should fit together.
163
164@section The Symbol Side
165
56caf160
EZ
166The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
167you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
168For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
169many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
170
171@section The Target Side
172
56caf160
EZ
173The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
174Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
175of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
176available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
177
178Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
179display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 180such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
181relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
182way.
183
184@section Configurations
185
56caf160
EZ
186@cindex host
187@cindex target
25822942 188@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
189@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
190executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
191third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
192
1f70da6a
SS
193Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host
194support. Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte
195order, host float format. These are all calculated by @code{autoconf}
196when the debugger is built.
c906108c
SS
197
198Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
199dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
200breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
201to call a function.
202
203Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
204is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
1f70da6a 205host and target are not the same, calling @code{fork} to start the target
c906108c
SS
206process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
207registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
208in the native-dependent files.
209
210Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
211are really part of the target environment, but which require
212@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
213file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
214
1f70da6a
SS
215When you want to make @value{GDBN} work as the traditional native debugger
216on a system, you will need to supply both target and native information.
c906108c 217
25ab7e6d
EZ
218@section Source Tree Structure
219@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
220
221The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
222are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
223to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 224@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
225
226Files that are related to some common task have names that share
227common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
228debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
229reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
230deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
231parlance for the program being debugged).
232
233There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
234@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
235files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
236(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
237specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
238
239Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
240debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
241native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
242
243The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
244
245@table @file
246@item cli
247Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
248Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
249
250@item gdbserver
251Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
252
253@item gdbtk
254Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
255
256@item mi
257The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
258
259@item signals
260Target signal translation code.
261
262@item tui
263Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
264Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
265@end table
c906108c
SS
266
267@node Algorithms
268
269@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 270@cindex algorithms
c906108c 271
56caf160
EZ
272@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
273often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
274cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
275algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
276they use.
c906108c 277
7d30c22d
JB
278@section Prologue Analysis
279
280@cindex prologue analysis
281@cindex call frame information
282@cindex CFI (call frame information)
283To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
284variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
285of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
286saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
287younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
288scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
289changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
290may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
291
292Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
293which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
294But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
295technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
296registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
297code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
298allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
299register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 300accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
301helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
302CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
303@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
304calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
305
306In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
307target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
308optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
309write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
310understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
311GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
312understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
313themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
314and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
315instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
316
317@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
318@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
319@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
320To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
321and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
322prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
323analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
324framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
325``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
326using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
327would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
328starts with the instruction:
329
330@example
331addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
332@end example
333@noindent
334we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
335this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
336value.
337
338If we then see an instruction like:
339
340@example
341addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
342@end example
343@noindent
344we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
345it is now 64 greater than its original value.
346
347If the next instruction were:
348
349@example
350mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
351@end example
352@noindent
353then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
354@code{r1} plus 64.
355
356It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
357need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
358registers. So after an instruction like this:
359
360@example
361mov (fp+4), r2
362@end example
363@noindent
364then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
365holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
366
367And so on.
368
369Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
370wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
371the instruction:
372
373@example
374xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
375@end example
376@noindent
377then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
378a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
379relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
380``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
381information is acceptable for our application.
382
383So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
384approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
385never inaccurate.
386
387Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
388machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
389contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
390from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
391current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
392Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
393kept track of.
394
395@itemize @bullet
396
397@item
398To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
399stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
400minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
401If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
402the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
403we don't know the frame size.
404
405@item
406To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
407search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
408registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
409original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
410to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
411anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
412@end itemize
413
414This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
415quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
416forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
417function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
418of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
419worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
420and maintain. In the approach described above:
421
422@itemize @bullet
423
424@item
425It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 426whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
427the effect of each instruction.
428
429@item
430It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
431instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
432wasn't already broken before.
433
434@item
435It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
436complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
437of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
438what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
439already gathering the right data for you.
440
441@end itemize
442
443The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
444the framework and how to use it.
445
446
c906108c
SS
447@section Breakpoint Handling
448
56caf160 449@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
450In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
451where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
452that location.
453
454There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
455breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
456
56caf160
EZ
457@cindex hardware breakpoints
458@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
459Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
460features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
461register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 462(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 463ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
464exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
465
466Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
467include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
468processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
469address.
470
471A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
472breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
473software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
474breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 475@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 476for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
477
478Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 479limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 480start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 481notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
482whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
483breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
484an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
485
486@cindex software breakpoints
487Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
488The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
489instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
490that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
491@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
492user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
493instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
494
495Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 496must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 497can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 498although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
499
500Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
501instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
502target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
503breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
504larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
505targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
506instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
507set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
508although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
509instruction.
510
c906108c
SS
511Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
512much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
513
8181d85f
DJ
514@table @code
515@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
516@findex target_remove_breakpoint
517@findex target_insert_breakpoint
518@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
519@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
520Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
521@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
522non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
523breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
524@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
525to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
526@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
527related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
528contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
529if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
530underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
531memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
532@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
533it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
534
535For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
536shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 537the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
538@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
539used to remove the breakpoint.
540
541@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
542@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
543@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
544@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
545@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
546Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
547@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
548non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
549a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
550@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
551@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
552but @code{placed_size} may be.
553@end table
554
c906108c
SS
555@section Single Stepping
556
557@section Signal Handling
558
559@section Thread Handling
560
561@section Inferior Function Calls
562
563@section Longjmp Support
564
56caf160 565@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 566@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
567@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
568stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
569which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
570command.
c906108c 571
4a9bb1df
UW
572@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
573To make this work, you need to define a function called
1f70da6a
SS
574@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the
575@code{jmp_buf} structure and extract the @code{longjmp} target address.
576Since @code{jmp_buf} is target specific and typically defined in a
577target header not available to @value{GDBN}, you will need to
578determine the offset of the PC manually and return that; many targets
579define a @code{jb_pc_offset} field in the tdep structure to save the
580value once calculated.
c906108c 581
9742079a
EZ
582@section Watchpoints
583@cindex watchpoints
584
585Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
586breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
587instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
588your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
589hunt down and kill such bugs.
590
591@cindex hardware watchpoints
592@cindex software watchpoints
593Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
594known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
595hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
596software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
597will use software watchpoints are:
598
599@itemize @bullet
600@item
601The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
602watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
603to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
604more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
605watchpoints.
606
607@item
608The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
609registers (as opposed to memory).
610
611@item
612Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
613this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
614resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
615breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
616breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
617
618@item
619No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
620implementation.
621@end itemize
622
623Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
624single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
625watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
626section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
627
b6b8ece6
EZ
628When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
629possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
630It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
631was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
632
633Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
634once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
635triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
636is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
637method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
638For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
639every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
640For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
641@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
642and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
643watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
644considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
645otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
646each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
647the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
648watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
649changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 650
1f70da6a
SS
651@c FIXME move these to the main lists of target/native defns
652
9742079a
EZ
653@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
654watchpoints:
655
656@table @code
657@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
658@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
659If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
1f70da6a 660(Currently only used for several native configs.)
9742079a
EZ
661
662@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
663@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
664Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
665possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
666of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
667not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
668number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
669is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
670are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
671the same time).
672
673@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
674@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
675Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
676whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
677
b6b8ece6 678@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
679@findex target_insert_watchpoint
680@findex target_remove_watchpoint
681@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
682@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
683Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
684@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
685possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
686defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
687
474c8240 688@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
689 enum target_hw_bp_type
690 @{
691 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
692 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
693 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
694 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
695 @};
474c8240 696@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
697
698@noindent
699These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
700
9742079a 701@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
702@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
703If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
704associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
705@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
706is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
707not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
708it to improve handling of those also.
709
710@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
711immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
712target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
713resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
714control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 715
5009afc5
AS
716@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
717@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
718Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
719lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
720@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
721granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
722watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
723region.
724
9742079a
EZ
725@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
726@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
727If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 728watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
729this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
730which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
731set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
732to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
733watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 734
4a9bb1df
UW
735@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
736@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
737If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
738watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
739watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
740interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
741
742@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
743@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
744If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
745inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
746when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
747read or write.
9742079a
EZ
748
749@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
750@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
751If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
752watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
753
754@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
755@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
756Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
757the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
758Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
759the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
760type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
761target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
762the @var{wait_status} argument.
763
764@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
765@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
766determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
767it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
768@end table
769
d983da9c
DJ
770@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
771@cindex watchpoints, with threads
772
773@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
774in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
775act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
776watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
777if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
778watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
779per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
780@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
781@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
782@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
783@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
784threads.
785
786@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
787at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
788multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
789queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
790is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
791@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
792thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
793two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
794will be called a second time for the second thread.
795
9742079a
EZ
796@subsection x86 Watchpoints
797@cindex x86 debug registers
798@cindex watchpoints, on x86
799
800The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
801registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
802generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
803support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
804subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
805
1f70da6a
SS
806(At present, the library functions read and write debug registers directly, and are
807thus only available for native configurations.)
808
9742079a
EZ
809To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
810following:
811
812@itemize @bullet
813@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
814@item
815Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
816target-dependent headers.
817
818@item
819Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
820defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
821
822@item
823Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
824@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
825@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
826
827@item
828Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
829below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
830which does the real work.
831@end itemize
832
833The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
834debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
835real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
836provide:
837
838@table @code
839@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
840@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
841Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
842
843@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
844@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
845Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
846
847@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
848@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
849Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
850number @var{idx}.
851
852@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
853@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
854Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
855used immediately after it is returned by
856@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
857register values.
858@end table
859
860For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
861that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
862to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
863allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
864expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
865wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
866maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
867anything to use this feature.
868
869The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
870bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
871be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
872region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
873@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
874bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
875a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
876region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
877
878The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
879@value{GDBN}'s application code:
880
881@table @code
882@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
883@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
884The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
885this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
886watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
887less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
888processors.
889
890@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
891@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
892The target function
893@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
894This
9742079a
EZ
895function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
896Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
897macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
898set in DR6.
899
ac77d04f
JJ
900@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
901@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
902The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
903is set to call this function. The
904argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
905function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
906Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
907macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
908returned.
909
9742079a
EZ
910@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
911@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
912@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
913@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
914Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
915@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
916are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
917looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
918region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
919reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
920register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
921the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
922value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
923register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
924and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
925inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
926@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
927required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
928each debug register.
929
930@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
931in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
932length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
933values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
934@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
935watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
936decrements the reference count, and only calls
937@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
938the count goes to zero.
939
940@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
941@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
942@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
943@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
944These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
945macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
946@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
947The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
948the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
949These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
950@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
951the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
952hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
953register.
954
955@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
956@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
957This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
958hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 959@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
960address whose watchpoint triggered.
961
962@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
963@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
964This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
965bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
966the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
967@end table
968
969@noindent
970@strong{Notes:}
971@enumerate 1
972@item
973x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
974However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
975@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
976watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
977on x86.
978
979@item
980x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
981only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
982there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
983whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
984current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
985always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
986watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
987unavailable in many platforms.
988@end enumerate
989
5c95884b
MS
990@section Checkpoints
991@cindex checkpoints
992@cindex restart
993In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
994the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
995
996Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
997whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
998state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
999registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
1000of open files and devices.
1001
1002There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 1003in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
1004method implemented on the target side.
1005
1006A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1007state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1008not typically include information about external entities such as
1009open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1010
1011A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1012as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1013is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1014be used on other systems.
1015
b247355e 1016Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1017method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1018advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1019details of how it is done.
1020
1021
bcd7e15f
JB
1022@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1023@cindex observer pattern interface
1024@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1025
1026In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1027some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1028modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1029hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1030versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1031@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1032a strong limitation.
1033
1034A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1035Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1036a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1037previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1038easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1039interface when adding new notifications.
1040
1041See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1042currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1043implementation is also briefly discussed.
1044
c906108c
SS
1045@node User Interface
1046
1047@chapter User Interface
1048
1f70da6a
SS
1049@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces, of which the traditional
1050command-line interface is perhaps the most familiar.
c906108c
SS
1051
1052@section Command Interpreter
1053
56caf160 1054@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1055@cindex CLI
25822942 1056The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1057allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1058has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1059a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1060
56caf160
EZ
1061For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1062@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1063to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1064
56caf160
EZ
1065@findex add_cmd
1066@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1067To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1068the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1069place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1070the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1071
40dd2248
TT
1072@findex add_setshow_cmd
1073@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1074To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1075@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1076a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1077further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1078the new command structures for manipulation.
1079
56caf160
EZ
1080@cindex deprecating commands
1081@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1082Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1083deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1084aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1085@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1086return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1087command immediately after it is created.
1088
c72e7388 1089The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1090replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1091@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1092entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1093
0ee54786
EZ
1094@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1095@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1096@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1097
1098@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1099The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1100@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1101interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1102from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1103every UI, to produce output.
1104
1105@subsection Overview and Terminology
1106
1107In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1108of output, and can even generate an input request.
1109
1110Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1111
1112@itemize @bullet
1113@item
1114to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1115
1116@item
1117to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1118operation;
1119
1120@item
1121to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1122progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1123
1124@item
1125to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1126
1127@item
1128to show @emph{debug data};
1129
1130@item
1131to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1132@end itemize
1133
1134@noindent
1135This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1136although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1137
1138Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1139involves one or more of the following:
1140
1141@itemize @bullet
1142@item
1143output of the actual data
1144
1145@item
1146formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1147easily readable by humans
1148
1149@item
1150machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1151parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1152
1153@item
c72e7388
AC
1154annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1155parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1156@end itemize
1157
1158The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1159Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1160of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1161deprecated.
1162
c72e7388
AC
1163Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1164a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1165non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1166header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1167
c72e7388
AC
1168@table @code
1169@item <table> @expansion{}
1170@code{<header> <body>}
1171@item <header> @expansion{}
1172@code{@{ <column> @}}
1173@item <column> @expansion{}
1174@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1175@item <body> @expansion{}
1176@code{@{<row>@}}
1177@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1178
1179
1180@subsection General Conventions
1181
c72e7388
AC
1182Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1183@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1184object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1185
c72e7388
AC
1186The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1187to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1188
c72e7388
AC
1189The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1190When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1191sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1192format.
1193
c72e7388
AC
1194When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1195call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1196
1197
c72e7388 1198@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1199
1200@cindex list output functions
1201@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1202@cindex tuple output functions
1203This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1204tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1205(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1206
c72e7388
AC
1207To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1208containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1209fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1210
c72e7388
AC
1211Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1212rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1213even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1214
1215@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1216Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1217maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1218
1219The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1220
474c8240 1221@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1222 ui_out_table_begin
1223 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1224 @dots{}
0ee54786 1225 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1226 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1227 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1228 @dots{}
1229 ui_out_tuple_end
1230 @dots{}
0ee54786 1231 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1232@end smallexample
0ee54786 1233
c72e7388 1234Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1235functions:
1236
c72e7388
AC
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1238The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1239of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1240function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1241the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1242@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1243pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1244@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1245was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1246
1247The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1248the end of the table's output.
1249@end deftypefun
1250
c72e7388
AC
1251@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1252@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1253table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1254column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1255@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1256
1257The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1258value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1259@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1260center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1261specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1262column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1263call.
0ee54786
EZ
1264@end deftypefun
1265
1266@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1267This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1268@end deftypefun
1269
1270@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1271This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1272after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1273functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1274
1275There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1276call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1277will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1278@end deftypefun
1279
c72e7388 1280The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1281call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1282@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1283@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1284calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1285
c72e7388
AC
1286@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1287This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1288to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1289implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1290after the call.
1291@end deftypefun
1292
1293@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1294This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1295one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1296@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1297be signaled.
1298@end deftypefun
1299
1300@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1301This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1302(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1303and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1304cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1305@smallexample
1306struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1307ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1308old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1309 uiout);
1310@end smallexample
1311@end deftypefun
1312
1313@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1314This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1315an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1316implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1317after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1318@end deftypefun
1319
1320@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1321This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1322one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1323@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1324be signaled.
1325@end deftypefun
1326
1327@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1328Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1329opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1330that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1331@end deftypefun
1332
1333@subsection Item Output Functions
1334
1335@cindex item output functions
1336@cindex field output functions
1337@cindex data output
1338The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1339items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1340
1341Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1342
1343@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1344This is the most general output function. It produces the
1345representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1346according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1347@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1348supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1349supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1350
1351This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1352use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1353@end deftypefun
1354
c72e7388 1355@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1356This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1357@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1358the name of the field.
1359@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1360
1361@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1362This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1363@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1364@var{fldname} specifies
1365the name of the field.
1366@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1367
c72e7388 1368@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1369This function outputs an address.
1370@end deftypefun
1371
c72e7388 1372@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1373This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1374specification.
1375@end deftypefun
1376
1377Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1378functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1379@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1380the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1381used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1382of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1383@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1384you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1385@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1386@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1387and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1388constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1389you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1390@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1391
1392@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1393This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1394same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1395passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1396@code{ui_stream} object.
1397@end deftypefun
1398
1399@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1400This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1401@var{streambuf}.
1402@end deftypefun
1403
c72e7388 1404@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1405This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1406@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1407@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1408@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1409the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
1412@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1413out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1414@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1415cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1416skeleton code to do that:
1417
1418@smallexample
1419 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1420 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1421 ...
1422 do_cleanups (old);
1423@end smallexample
1424
1425If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1426of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1427
1428@smallexample
1429 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1430 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1431@end smallexample
1432
1433Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1434@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1435same buffer twice.
1436
1437@subsection Utility Output Functions
1438
c72e7388 1439@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1440This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1441an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1442@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1443@end deftypefun
1444
c72e7388 1445@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1446This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1447easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1448this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1449from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1450
1451Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1452the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1453to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1454string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1455output short messages.
1456@end deftypefun
1457
1458@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1459This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1460text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1461list.
1462@end deftypefun
1463
c72e7388 1464@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1465This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1466verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1467current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1468verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1469setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1470as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1471argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1472@end deftypefun
1473
1474@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1475This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1476of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1477output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1478be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1479accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1480explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1481@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1482@end deftypefun
1483
1484@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1485This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1486the UI buffers output.
1487@end deftypefun
1488
1489
1490@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1491
1492@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1493@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1494This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1495functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1496@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1497@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1498
1499This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1500produce a table.
1501
1502The original code was:
1503
474c8240 1504@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1505 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1506 @{
1507 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1508
1509 annotate_field (0);
1510 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1511 annotate_field (1);
1512 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1513 annotate_field (2);
1514 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1515 annotate_field (3);
1516 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1517 if (addressprint)
1518 @{
1519 annotate_field (4);
1520 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1521 @}
1522 annotate_field (5);
1523 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1524
1525 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1526 @}
474c8240 1527@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1528
1529Here's the new version:
1530
474c8240 1531@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1532 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1533
1534 if (addressprint)
1535 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1536 else
1537 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1538
1539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1540 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1542 annotate_field (0);
1543 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1544 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1545 annotate_field (1);
1546 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1548 annotate_field (2);
1549 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1551 annotate_field (3);
1552 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1553 if (addressprint)
1554 @{
1555 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1556 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1557 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1558 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1559 else
c72e7388
AC
1560 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1561 @}
1562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1563 annotate_field (5);
1564 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1565 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1566 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1567 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1568@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1569
1570This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1571to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1572in the above example. The original code was:
1573
474c8240 1574@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1575 annotate_record ();
1576 annotate_field (0);
1577 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1578 annotate_field (1);
1579 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1580 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1581 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1582 (int)b->type);
1583 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1584 annotate_field (2);
1585 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1586 annotate_field (3);
1587 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1588 @dots{}
474c8240 1589@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1590
1591This is the new version:
1592
474c8240 1593@smallexample
0ee54786 1594 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1595 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1596 annotate_field (0);
1597 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1598 annotate_field (1);
1599 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1600 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1601 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1602 (int) b->type);
1603 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1604 annotate_field (2);
1605 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1606 annotate_field (3);
1607 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1608 @dots{}
474c8240 1609@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610
1611This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1612produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1613functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1614automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1615
474c8240 1616@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1617 annotate_field (5);
1618 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1619@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1620
1621The new version is:
1622
474c8240 1623@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1624 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1625 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1626 ...
1627 annotate_field (5);
1628 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1629 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1630@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1631
1632This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1633@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1634was:
1635
474c8240 1636@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1637 annotate_field (5);
1638 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1639 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1640 else
1641 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1642@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1643
1644It became:
1645
474c8240 1646@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1647 annotate_field (5);
1648 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1649 @{
1650 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1651 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1652 @}
1653 else
1654 @{
1655 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1656 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1658 @}
474c8240 1659@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1660
1661The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1662use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1663code was:
1664
474c8240 1665@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1666 annotate_field (5);
1667 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1668 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1669@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670
1671It became:
1672
474c8240 1673@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1674 annotate_field (5);
1675 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1676 @{
1677 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1678 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1679 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1680 @}
474c8240 1681@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682
1683Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1684code was:
1685
474c8240 1686@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1687 annotate_field (5);
1688 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1689 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1690@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1691
1692It became:
1693
474c8240 1694@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1695 annotate_field (5);
1696 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1697 @{
1698 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1700 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1701 @}
474c8240 1702@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1703
1704Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1705
474c8240 1706@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1707 annotate_field (4);
1708 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1709 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1710@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1711
1712It became:
1713
474c8240 1714@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1715 annotate_field (4);
1716 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1717@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1718
1719
c906108c
SS
1720@section Console Printing
1721
1722@section TUI
1723
89437448 1724@node libgdb
c906108c 1725
89437448
AC
1726@chapter libgdb
1727
1728@section libgdb 1.0
1729@cindex @code{libgdb}
1730@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1731to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1732
1733@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1734@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1735@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1736better able to support graphical and other environments.
1737
1738Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1739evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1740
1741@itemize @bullet
1742@item
1743Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1744@item
1745Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1746@item
1747Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1748@item
1749Library - @file{gdb.h}
1750@end itemize
1751
1752The model that ties these components together is described below.
1753
1754@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1755
1756A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1757
1758@itemize @bullet
1759@item
1760As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1761@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1762state, etc).
1763@item
1764As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1765obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1766@end itemize
1767
c1468174 1768Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1769the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1770controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1771@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1772before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1773
1774@section CLI support
1775
1776At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1777@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1778their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1779requirements.
1780
1781It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1782(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1783out the theory:
1784
1785@itemize @bullet
1786@item
1787The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1788@item
1789The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1790versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1791@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1792@item
1793The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1794used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1795@end itemize
1796
1797When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1798along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1799the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1800through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1801At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1802virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1803
1804The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1805@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1806client's custom builder).
1807
1808@section @code{libgdb} components
1809
1810@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1811@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1812be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1813observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1814the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1815finished the current command.
1816
1817@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1818@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1819create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1820when doing any queries.
1821
1822@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1823@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1824@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1825loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1826implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1827
1828The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1829@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1830instead of returning.
1831
1832@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1833@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1834the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1835builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1836before the query function returns.
c906108c 1837
669fac23
DJ
1838@node Stack Frames
1839@chapter Stack Frames
1840
1841@cindex frame
1842@cindex call stack frame
1843A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1844and called functions.
1845
1846@cindex unwind frame
1847@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1848need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1849the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1850Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1851read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1852@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1853
1854@findex frame_register_unwind
1855@findex get_frame_register
1856@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1857``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1858@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1859frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1860#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1861obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1862frame itself?
1863
1864@cindex sentinel frame
1865@findex get_frame_type
1866@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
1867To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
1868``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1869the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1870is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1871SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1872
1873@section Selecting an Unwinder
1874
1875@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1876@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1877The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1878frame_unwind}), using the functions
1879@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1880@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1881sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
1882previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
1883registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
1884The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
1885is assigned to the frame.
1886
1887@section Unwinding the Frame ID
1888@cindex frame ID
1889
1890Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
1891The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
1892the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
1893including while other called frames are running; it is used to
1894locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
1895
1896Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
1897cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
1898to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
1899frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
1900when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
1901frame_info} for the same frame.
1902
1903The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
1904Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
1905frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
1906registers.
1907
1908Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
1909frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
1910two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
1911address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
1912the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
1913the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
1914
1915An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
1916@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
1917
1918@section Unwinding Registers
1919
1920Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
1921takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
1922It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
1923as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
1924current in this frame's caller.
1925
1926The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
1927have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
1928will generate the appropriate value:
1929
1930@table @code
1931@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
1932@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
1933This register was not saved.
1934
1935@item frame_unwind_got_register
1936@findex frame_unwind_got_register
1937This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
1938is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
1939same register.
1940
1941@item frame_unwind_got_memory
1942@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
1943This register was saved in memory.
1944
1945@item frame_unwind_got_constant
1946@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
1947This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
1948value some other way.
1949
1950@item frame_unwind_got_address
1951@findex frame_unwind_got_address
1952Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
1953address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
1954explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
1955pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
1956generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
1957@end table
1958
c906108c
SS
1959@node Symbol Handling
1960
1961@chapter Symbol Handling
1962
1f70da6a
SS
1963Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include
1964variables, functions, and types.
1965
1966Symbol information for a large program can be truly massive, and
1967reading of symbol information is one of the major performance
1968bottlenecks in @value{GDBN}; it can take many minutes to process it
1969all. Studies have shown that nearly all the time spent is
1970computational, rather than file reading.
1971
1972One of the ways for @value{GDBN} to provide a good user experience is
1973to start up quickly, taking no more than a few seconds. It is simply
1974not possible to process all of a program's debugging info in that
1975time, and so we attempt to handle symbols incrementally. For instance,
1976we create @dfn{partial symbol tables} consisting of only selected
1977symbols, and only expand them to full symbol tables when necessary.
c906108c
SS
1978
1979@section Symbol Reading
1980
56caf160
EZ
1981@cindex symbol reading
1982@cindex reading of symbols
1983@cindex symbol files
1984@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1985file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1986debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1987symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1f70da6a
SS
1988more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands. In
1989addition, it may bring in more symbols while loading shared
1990libraries.
56caf160
EZ
1991
1992@findex find_sym_fns
1993Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1994the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1995of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1996this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1997
1998@findex add_symtab_fns
1999@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
2000@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
2001Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
2002@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
2003to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
2004name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
2005and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 2006times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
2007prefix.
2008
2009The functions supplied by each module are:
2010
2011@table @code
2012@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
2013
56caf160 2014@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2015Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
2016symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
2017resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
2018read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2019might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2020whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2021
2022The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2023@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2024new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2025and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2026information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2027in the @code{private} field.
2028
2029There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2030@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2031
2032@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2033
2034Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2035This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2036state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2037@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2038arguments and no result. It may be called after
2039@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2040may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2041
2042@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2043
2044Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2045symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2046
56caf160 2047@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2048@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2049the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2050address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2051table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2052or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2053@end table
2054
2055In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2056@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2057to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2058from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2059
2060@table @code
2061@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2062
56caf160 2063Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2064the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2065pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2066symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2067@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2068zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2069@end table
2070
2071@section Partial Symbol Tables
2072
56caf160 2073@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2074
2075@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2076@cindex full symbol table
2077@cindex symtabs
2078@item
2079Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2080information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2081
56caf160
EZ
2082@cindex psymtabs
2083@item
2084Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2085information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2086symbol table.
2087
56caf160
EZ
2088@cindex minimal symbol table
2089@cindex minsymtabs
2090@item
2091Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2092gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2093@end itemize
2094
56caf160 2095@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2096This section describes partial symbol tables.
2097
2098A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2099file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2100extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2101need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2102information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2103quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2104pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2105the user.
2106@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2107
2108The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2109visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2110that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2111types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2112
2113The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2114full symbol table would represent.
2115
56caf160
EZ
2116@cindex finding a symbol
2117@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2118The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2119code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2120
2121@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2122@findex find_pc_function
2123@findex find_pc_line
2124@item
c1468174 2125By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2126function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2127range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2128@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2129@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2130
56caf160
EZ
2131@cindex lookup_symbol
2132@item
2133By its name
c1468174 2134(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2135function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2136psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2137have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2138case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2139qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2140local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2141does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2142@end itemize
2143
2144The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2145at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2146while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2147psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2148them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2149either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2150name.
2151
56caf160
EZ
2152It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2153been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2154in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2155all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2156ranges.
c906108c 2157
56caf160 2158The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2159thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2160be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2161bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2162and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2163on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2164unless you want to do a lot more work.
2165
2166@section Types
2167
56caf160 2168@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2169
56caf160 2170@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2171These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2172types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2173into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2174that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2175knows about.
c906108c 2176
56caf160 2177@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2178
56caf160
EZ
2179@cindex type codes
2180Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2181of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2182@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2183which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2184types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2185other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2186or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2187
56caf160 2188@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2189
2190These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2191fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2192use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2193eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2194initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2195@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2196an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2197@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2198only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2199@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2200some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2201
2202@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2203@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2204
2205@subsection a.out
2206
56caf160
EZ
2207@cindex @code{a.out} format
2208The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2209consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2210which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2211respectively.
c906108c 2212
56caf160 2213The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2214place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2215@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2216format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2217symbols with distinctive attributes.
2218
56caf160 2219The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2220
2221@subsection COFF
2222
56caf160 2223@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2224The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2225COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2226number of sections is limited.
2227
2228The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1f70da6a
SS
2229was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited.
2230For instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2231included file. GNU's COFF-using configs often use stabs-type info,
2232encapsulated in special sections.
c906108c
SS
2233
2234The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2235
2236@subsection ECOFF
2237
56caf160 2238@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2239ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2240workstations.
2241
2242The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2243
2244@subsection XCOFF
2245
56caf160 2246@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2247The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2248The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2249symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2250@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2251information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2252
2253The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2254shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2255refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2256relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2257using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2258been run (or the core file has been read).
2259
2260@subsection PE
2261
56caf160
EZ
2262@cindex PE-COFF format
2263Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2264executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2265
25822942 2266While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2267COFF reader.
2268
2269@subsection ELF
2270
56caf160 2271@cindex ELF format
1f70da6a
SS
2272The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is
2273similar to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it
2274removes many of COFF's limitations. Debugging info may be either stabs
2275encapsulated in ELF sections, or more commonly these days, DWARF.
c906108c
SS
2276
2277The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2278
2279@subsection SOM
2280
56caf160 2281@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2282SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2283SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2284
1a92f856 2285The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2286
c906108c
SS
2287@section Debugging File Formats
2288
2289This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2290are independent of the object file format.
2291
2292@subsection stabs
2293
56caf160 2294@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2295@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2296format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2297formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2298
2299While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2300including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2301the real work.
2302
2303@subsection COFF
2304
56caf160 2305@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2306The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2307of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2308
2309@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2310
56caf160 2311@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2312ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2313
2314The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2315
1f70da6a
SS
2316@c mention DWARF 1 as a formerly-supported format
2317
c906108c
SS
2318@subsection DWARF 2
2319
56caf160 2320@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2321DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2322
2323The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2324
31fffb02
CS
2325@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2326
2327@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2328Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2329merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2330format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2331information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2332is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2333DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2334DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2335
2336@itemize @bullet
2337@item
23384 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2339@item
23408 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2341order.
2342@end itemize
2343
2344The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2345Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2346@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2347
1f70da6a
SS
2348@subsection DWARF 3
2349
2350@cindex DWARF 3 debugging info
2351DWARF 3 is an improved version of DWARF 2.
2352
c906108c
SS
2353@subsection SOM
2354
56caf160 2355@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2356Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2357
25822942 2358@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2359
56caf160
EZ
2360@cindex adding debugging info reader
2361If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2362there is probably little to be done.
2363
2364If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2365BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2366
2367You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
1f70da6a
SS
2368debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping
2369routines from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the
2370debugging information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not
2371depend on the BFD internal data structures.
c906108c
SS
2372
2373For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2374to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2375platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2376will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2377directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2378@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2379
c91d38aa
DJ
2380@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2381
2382Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2383its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2384namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2385
2386Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2387released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2388objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2389they could be unloaded at different times.
2390
2391User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2392these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2393is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2394the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2395
c906108c
SS
2396
2397@node Language Support
2398
2399@chapter Language Support
2400
56caf160
EZ
2401@cindex language support
2402@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2403although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2404manually.
c906108c 2405
56caf160
EZ
2406@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2407of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2408means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2409identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2410
25822942 2411@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2412
56caf160
EZ
2413@cindex adding source language
2414To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2415following steps:
c906108c
SS
2416
2417@table @emph
2418@item Create the expression parser.
2419
56caf160 2420@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2421This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2422building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2423@file{parse.c}.
2424
56caf160 2425@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2426Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2427parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2428@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2429various parsers from defining the same global names:
2430
474c8240 2431@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2432#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2433#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2434#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2435#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2436#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2437#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2438#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2439#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2440#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2441#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2442#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2443#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2444#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2445#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2446#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2447#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2448@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2449
2450At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2451initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2452@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2453@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2454that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2455and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2456@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2457language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2458for more information.
2459
2460@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2461
56caf160
EZ
2462@cindex expression evaluation routines
2463@findex evaluate_subexp
2464@findex prefixify_subexp
2465@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2466If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2467add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2468code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2469defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2470for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2471@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2472the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2473
2474@item Update some existing code
2475
2476Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2477@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2478
2479Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2480These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2481are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2482statement, an error is reported.
2483
56caf160 2484@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2485Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2486@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2487@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2488string.
2489
56caf160 2490@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2491Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2492language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2493dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2494
56caf160 2495@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2496Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2497code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2498This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2499Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2500file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2501information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2502code.
2503
56caf160
EZ
2504@findex print_subexp
2505@findex op_print_tab
2506Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2507expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2508printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2509
2510@item Add a place of call
2511
56caf160 2512@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2513Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2514@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2515
2516@item Use macros to trim code
2517
56caf160 2518@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2519The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2520languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2521@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2522macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2523leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2524using your language.
2525
25822942 2526Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2527is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2528compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2529
56caf160
EZ
2530See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2531for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2532
2533@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2534
2535Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2536variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2537not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2538distribution!
c906108c
SS
2539@end table
2540
2541
2542@node Host Definition
2543
2544@chapter Host Definition
2545
56caf160 2546With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2547definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2548mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2549
2550@section Adding a New Host
2551
56caf160
EZ
2552@cindex adding a new host
2553@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2554@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2555New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2556@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2557below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2558eventually disappear.
c906108c 2559
c906108c 2560@table @file
c906108c 2561@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
1f70da6a
SS
2562This file is a Makefile fragment that once contained both host and
2563native configuration information (@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the
2564machine @var{xyz}. The host configuration information is now handled
2565by Autoconf.
7fd60527 2566
1f70da6a 2567Host configuration information included definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2568@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2569@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2570
1f70da6a 2571New host-only configurations do not need this file.
c906108c 2572
c906108c
SS
2573@end table
2574
1f70da6a
SS
2575(Files named @file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h} were once
2576used to define host-specific macros, but were no longer needed and
2577have all been removed.)
2578
c906108c
SS
2579@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2580
56caf160 2581@cindex generic host support
c906108c 2582There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
1f70da6a 2583various systems.
c906108c
SS
2584
2585@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2586@cindex remote debugging support
2587@cindex serial line support
c906108c 2588@item ser-unix.c
1f70da6a
SS
2589This contains serial line support for Unix systems. It is included by
2590default on all Unix-like hosts.
2591
2592@item ser-pipe.c
2593This contains serial pipe support for Unix systems. It is included by
2594default on all Unix-like hosts.
2595
2596@item ser-mingw.c
2597This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under
2598Windows using MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2599
2600@item ser-go32.c
2601This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2602using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2603
56caf160 2604@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c 2605@item ser-tcp.c
1f70da6a
SS
2606This contains generic TCP support using sockets. It is included by
2607default on all Unix-like hosts and with MinGW.
c906108c
SS
2608@end table
2609
2610@section Host Conditionals
2611
56caf160
EZ
2612When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2613defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
1f70da6a
SS
2614attributes of the host system. While formerly they could be set in
2615host-specific header files, at present they can be changed only by
2616setting @code{CFLAGS} when building, or by editing the source code.
2617
2618These macros and their meanings (or if the meaning is not documented
2619here, then one of the source files where they are used is indicated)
2620are:
c906108c 2621
56caf160 2622@ftable @code
25822942 2623@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2624The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2625@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2626
c906108c
SS
2627@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2628If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2629of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2630
2631@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2632Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2633the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2634
c906108c 2635@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2636@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2637Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2638line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2639characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2640which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2641mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2642
2643@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2644@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2645The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2646
2647@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2648@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2649The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2650
c906108c
SS
2651@item ISATTY
2652Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2653
1f70da6a
SS
2654@item FOPEN_RB
2655Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
c906108c
SS
2656
2657@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2658@cindex @code{long long} data type
2659Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2660by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2661
2662@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2663Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2664the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2665@code{configure} script.
c906108c 2666
c906108c
SS
2667@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2668Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2669@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2670is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2671
c906108c
SS
2672@item NORETURN
2673If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2674that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2675indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2676if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2677
2678@item ATTR_NORETURN
2679If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2680@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2681of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2682set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2683defined.
2684
c906108c 2685@item lint
56caf160 2686Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2687
2688@item volatile
2689Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2690@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2691@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2692
2693
2694@node Target Architecture Definition
2695
2696@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2697
56caf160
EZ
2698@cindex target architecture definition
2699@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2700machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2701with them.
c906108c 2702
af6c57ea
AC
2703The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2704@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2705using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2706
b6fd0dfb
NR
2707@menu
2708* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2709* Initialize New Architecture::
2710* Registers and Memory::
2711* Pointers and Addresses::
2712* Address Classes::
2713* Raw and Virtual Registers::
2714* Register and Memory Data::
2715* Frame Interpretation::
2716* Inferior Call Setup::
2717* Compiler Characteristics::
2718* Target Conditionals::
2719* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2720@end menu
2721
2722@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2723@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2724@cindex OS ABI variants
2725
2726@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2727ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2728variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2729components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2730
2731A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2732(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2733OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2734to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2735considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2736overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2737architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2738different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2739OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2740examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2741sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2742
2743@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2744A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2745selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2746for each BFD architecture.
2747
f4b3909f 2748The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2749
2750@table @code
2751
f4b3909f
EZ
2752@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2753@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2754Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2755
70f80edf
JT
2756@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2757@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2758The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2759settings for the architecture will be used.
2760
2761@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2762@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2763UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2764
2765@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2766@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2767GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2768
2769@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2770@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2771Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2772
2773@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2774@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2775OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2776
2777@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2778@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2779GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2780
2781@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2782@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2783FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2784
2785@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2786@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2787FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2788
2789@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2790@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2791NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2792
2793@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2794@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2795NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2796
2797@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2798@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2799OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2800
2801@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2802@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2803Windows CE.
70f80edf 2804
1029b7fa
MK
2805@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2806@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2807DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2808
f4b3909f
EZ
2809@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2810@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2811Irix.
2812
f4b3909f
EZ
2813@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2814@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2815Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2816
f4b3909f
EZ
2817@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2818@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2819HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2820
f4b3909f
EZ
2821@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2822@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2823HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2824
f4b3909f
EZ
2825@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2826@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2827QNX Neutrino.
2828
2829@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2830@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2831Cygwin.
2832
2833@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2834@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2835AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2836
2837@end table
2838
2839Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2840
2841@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2842Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2843@end deftypefun
2844
c133ab7a 2845@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2846Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2847architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2848@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2849machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2850will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2851@end deftypefun
2852
2853@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2854Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2855BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2856If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2857be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2858any architecture.
2859@end deftypefun
2860
2861@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2862Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2863The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2864be determined.
2865@end deftypefun
2866
2867@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2868Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2869@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2870corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2871architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2872with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2873@end deftypefun
2874
f4b3909f
EZ
2875@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2876Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2877@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2878from the note. This function should be called via
2879@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2880@end deftypefun
2881
b6fd0dfb 2882@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2883@section Initializing a New Architecture
2884
2885Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2886via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2887registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2888the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2889be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2890are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2891
2892The initialization function has this type:
2893
2894@smallexample
2895static struct gdbarch *
2896@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2897 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2898@end smallexample
2899
2900The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2901architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2902have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2903value.
2904
2905The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2906is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2907search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2908return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2909create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2910
2911Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2912architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2913defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2914However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2915so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2916defaults from @var{arches}.
2917
b6fd0dfb 2918@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
2919@section Registers and Memory
2920
56caf160
EZ
2921@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2922@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2923block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2924
56caf160
EZ
2925@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2926compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2927that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2928to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 2929and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 2930
25822942 2931@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2932
b6fd0dfb 2933@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
2934@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2935@cindex pointer representation
2936@cindex address representation
2937@cindex word-addressed machines
2938@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2939@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2940@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2941@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2942@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2943@cindex D10V addresses
2944
2945On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2946indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2947whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2948machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2949However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2950address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2951identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2952
1f70da6a
SS
2953@c D10V is gone from sources - more current example?
2954
172c2a43 2955For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2956instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2957actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2958jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2959full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2960If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2961then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2962However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2963low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2964zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2965the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2966refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2967code space.
2968
2969However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2970forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2971@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2972@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2973
2974(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2975affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2976going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2977
56caf160
EZ
2978To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2979one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2980byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2981of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2982@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2983@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2984@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2985and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2986
2987Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2988processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2989each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2990distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2991clean up some architecture-independent code.
2992
2993Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2994
2995@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2996Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2997@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2998appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2999@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3000@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3001inferior's.
3002
3003For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3004extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3005@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3006D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3007@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3008
3009If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3010will signal an internal error.
3011@end deftypefun
3012
3013@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3014Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3015pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3016@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3017inferior's.
3018
3019For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3020stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3021appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3022is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3023a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3024
3025If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3026will signal an internal error.
3027@end deftypefun
3028
f23631e4 3029@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3030Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3031as appropriate for the current architecture.
3032
3033This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3034For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3035described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3036@end deftypefun
3037
3038@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3039Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3040the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3041This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3042above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3043@end deftypefun
3044
4a9bb1df 3045Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3046relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3047definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3048simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3049
4a9bb1df 3050@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3051Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3052appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3053address the pointer refers to.
3054
3055This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3056C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3057@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3058
4a9bb1df 3059@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3060Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3061@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3062
3063This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3064C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3065@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3066
b6fd0dfb 3067@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3068@section Address Classes
3069@cindex address classes
3070@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3071@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3072
3073Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3074via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3075define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3076distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3077info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3078address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3079following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3080types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3081a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3082
4a9bb1df 3083@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3084Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3085is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3086This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3087@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3088@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3089
4a9bb1df 3090@deftypefun char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3091Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3092its name.
4a9bb1df 3093@end deftypefun
1f70da6a 3094@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *@var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3095Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3096for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3097@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3098
3099Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3100the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3101functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3102
3103Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
310432-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3105suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3106uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3107of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3108to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3109
3110@smallexample
3111somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3112 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3113@{
b5b0480a
KB
3114 if (byte_size == 2)
3115 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3116 else
3117 return 0;
f2abfe65 3118@}
b5b0480a
KB
3119
3120static char *
3121somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3122@{
b5b0480a
KB
3123 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3124 return "short";
3125 else
3126 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3127@}
b5b0480a
KB
3128
3129int
3130somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3131 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3132@{
b5b0480a 3133 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3134 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3135 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3136 return 1;
f2abfe65 3137 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3138 else
3139 return 0;
f2abfe65 3140@}
b5b0480a
KB
3141@end smallexample
3142
3143The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3144to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3145the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3146short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3147
3148@smallexample
3149(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3150type = int * @@short
3151@end smallexample
3152
93e79dbd 3153
b6fd0dfb 3154@node Raw and Virtual Registers
13d01224
AC
3155@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3156@cindex raw register representation
3157@cindex virtual register representation
3158@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3159
3160@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3161functionality described here has largely been replaced by
d0384fc4
TJB
3162pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Register and
3163Memory Data, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3164Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3165Bug Tracking Database} and
3166@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3167up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3168
9fb4dd36
JB
3169Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3170register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3171In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3172the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3173used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3174
13d01224
AC
3175@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3176both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3177register forms.}
3178
9fb4dd36
JB
3179For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3180raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3181However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3182
3183@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3184@item
56caf160 3185The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3186we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3187floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3188are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3189allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3190type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3191arrangement is the virtual representation.
3192
3193@item
25822942
DB
3194Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3195registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3196bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3197raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3198virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3199@end itemize
3200
3201In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3202@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3203can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3204@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3205@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3206
56caf160
EZ
3207Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3208conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3209
3210@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3211Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3212and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3213
3214You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3215unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3216@end deftypefn
3217
9fb4dd36
JB
3218@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3219Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
1f70da6a 3220should always be @code{gdbarch_register_type (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3221at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3222convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3223
6f6ef15a
EZ
3224Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3225@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3226arguments in different orders.
3227
3228You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3229for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3230value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3231@end deftypefn
3232
3233@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3234Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
1f70da6a 3235should always be @code{gdbarch_register_type (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3236at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3237convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3238
3239Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3240their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3241@end deftypefn
3242
3243
b6fd0dfb 3244@node Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3245@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3246@cindex register representation
3247@cindex memory representation
3248@cindex representations, register and memory
3249@cindex register data formats, converting
3250@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3251
3252@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3253significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3254section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3255@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3256@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3257further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3258
3259Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3260form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3261For example:
3262
3263@itemize @bullet
3264
3265@item
3266The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3267floating-point registers.
3268
3269@item
3270The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3271@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3272when stored in a register.
3273
3274@end itemize
3275
3276In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3277the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3278the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3279Interface.
3280
3281For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3282representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3283However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3284following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3285representations of a data type:
3286
4a9bb1df 3287@deftypefun int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224
AC
3288Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3289register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3290when stored in memory.
3291
4a9bb1df
UW
3292When non-zero, the macros @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3293@code{value_to_register} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
83acabca
DJ
3294
3295This function should return zero for the register's native type, when
3296no conversion is necessary.
4a9bb1df 3297@end deftypefun
13d01224 3298
4a9bb1df 3299@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3300Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3301@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3302format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3303
4a9bb1df
UW
3304Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3305take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3306
4a9bb1df
UW
3307You should only use @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} with registers for which
3308the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3309@end deftypefun
13d01224 3310
4a9bb1df 3311@deftypefun void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3312Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3313raw format.
3314
4a9bb1df
UW
3315Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3316take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3317
4a9bb1df
UW
3318You should only use @code{gdbarch_value_to_register} with registers for which
3319the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3320@end deftypefun
13d01224 3321
b6fd0dfb 3322@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3323@section Frame Interpretation
3324
b6fd0dfb 3325@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c
SS
3326@section Inferior Call Setup
3327
b6fd0dfb 3328@node Compiler Characteristics
c906108c
SS
3329@section Compiler Characteristics
3330
b6fd0dfb 3331@node Target Conditionals
c906108c
SS
3332@section Target Conditionals
3333
4a9bb1df
UW
3334This section describes the macros and functions that you can use to define the
3335target machine.
c906108c
SS
3336
3337@table @code
3338
4a9bb1df
UW
3339@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
3340@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 3341If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
3342really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
3343@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
3344in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
3345
3346For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
33472.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3348instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3349boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
3350address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
3351example look like that:
3352@smallexample
3353arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
3354@{
3355 return (addr &= ~0x3);
3356@}
3357@end smallexample
c906108c 3358
4a9bb1df
UW
3359@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3360@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3361If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3362referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3363and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3364return 0.
3365
3366The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3367@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3368possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3369@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3370
4a9bb1df
UW
3371@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3372@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
3373Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
3374has been defined.
3375
4a9bb1df
UW
3376@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3377@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3378Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3379the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3380used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3381returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3382@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3383values or'd together.
3384@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3385
4a9bb1df
UW
3386@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3387@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
3388Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
3389been defined.
3390
4a9bb1df
UW
3391@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
3392@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
3393Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3394flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3395
4a9bb1df
UW
3396@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
3397@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
3398Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3399@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3400
4a9bb1df
UW
3401@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
3402@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
3403Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3404@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 3405This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3406C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3407@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3408
4a9bb1df
UW
3409@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
3410@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
3411Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
3412parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3413original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3414
32c9a795
MD
3415@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
3416@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3417This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
3418the endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3419are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 3420
32c9a795
MD
3421@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
3422@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3423Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
3424bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
3425little-endian.
3426
c906108c 3427@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3428@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3429This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3430memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3431instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3432pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3433longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3434
56caf160 3435@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 3436@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3437
c906108c 3438@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3439@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3440@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3441@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3442Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3443
56caf160 3444@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 3445favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3446
4a9bb1df
UW
3447@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3448@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
3449@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42
AC
3450contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3451a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3452length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3453counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3454breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3455
3456Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3457not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3458instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3459instruction of the architecture.
3460
7a292a7a
SS
3461Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3462
4a9bb1df
UW
3463@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3464@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3465@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
3466@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
3467Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3468(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3469@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
3470provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
3471architectures. Architectures which may want to set
3472@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
3473conventional manner.
3474
3475It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3476custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 3477@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3478reason.
3479
4a9bb1df
UW
3480@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
3481@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
3482@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3483Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3484address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3485breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3486
3487The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3488The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3489instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3490instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3491one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3492in parallel.
3493
3494In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3495from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3496information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3497refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3498if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3499statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3500instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3501(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3502in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3503at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3504
4a9bb1df 3505The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
3506breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3507the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3508
3509Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3510expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3511is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3512
4a9bb1df
UW
3513@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
3514@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 3515See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3516
4a9bb1df
UW
3517This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
3518(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 3519
4a9bb1df
UW
3520@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
3521@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
3522This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
c906108c
SS
3523from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3524@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3525
4a9bb1df
UW
3526@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
3527@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
3528This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 3529written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
3530status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
3531default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3532
4a9bb1df
UW
3533@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
3534@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
3535Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
3536@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
3537@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3538
4a9bb1df
UW
3539@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
3540@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
3541This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 3542program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3543@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3544
56caf160
EZ
3545@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3546@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3547If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3548library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3549
5fc14d0a 3550@item void gdbarch_print_float_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
4a9bb1df 3551@findex gdbarch_print_float_info
5e74b15c
RE
3552If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3553the processor's floating point unit.
3554
4a9bb1df
UW
3555@item void gdbarch_print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3556@findex gdbarch_print_registers_info
0ab7a791
AC
3557If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3558specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3559either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3560registers (@var{all} is zero).
3561
3562The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3563zero omits floating-point registers.
3564
4a9bb1df
UW
3565@item int gdbarch_print_vector_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
3566@findex gdbarch_print_vector_info
e76f1f2e
AC
3567If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3568to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3569
3570By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3571registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3572
4a9bb1df
UW
3573@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
3574@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
3575Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
3576If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3577
4a9bb1df
UW
3578@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
3579@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
3580Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3581not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 3582
4a9bb1df 3583@item CORE_ADDR frame_align (@var{gdbarch}, @var{address})
790eb8f5
AC
3584@anchor{frame_align}
3585@findex frame_align
3586Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3587requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3588alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
5fc14d0a 3589stack alignment requirements.
790eb8f5
AC
3590
3591This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3592the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3593value are correctly aligned.
3594
5fc14d0a
EZ
3595This function always adjusts the address in the direction of stack
3596growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3597
3598By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3599
4a9bb1df
UW
3600@item int gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size (@var{gdbarch})
3601@findex gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size
8b148df9
AC
3602The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3603@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3604allocating extra stack space).
3605
3606When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3607modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
4a9bb1df 3608@var{gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
8b148df9
AC
3609stack.
3610
3611By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3612(@pxref{frame_align}).
3613
3614The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3615@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3616@cindex red zone
3617
fb8f8949 3618@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3619
4a9bb1df
UW
3620@item int gdbarch_frame_num_args (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
3621@findex gdbarch_frame_num_args
3622For the frame described by @var{frame} return the number of arguments that
392a587b
JM
3623are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3624@code{-1}.
c906108c 3625
4a9bb1df
UW
3626@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_pc (@var{next_frame})
3627@findex gdbarch_unwind_pc
3628@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in
3629@var{next_frame}'s caller, at which execution will resume after
3630@var{next_frame} returns. This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3631
3632The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3633is typically no more than:
3634
3635@smallexample
3636ULONGEST pc;
11411de3 3637pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_PC_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3638return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
12cc2063
AC
3639@end smallexample
3640
3641@noindent
c906108c 3642
4a9bb1df
UW
3643@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_sp (@var{gdbarch}, @var{next_frame})
3644@findex gdbarch_unwind_sp
3645@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3646commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3647
3648The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3649is typically no more than:
3650
3651@smallexample
3652ULONGEST sp;
11411de3 3653sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_SP_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3654return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
a9e5fdc2
AC
3655@end smallexample
3656
3657@noindent
3658@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3659
c906108c 3660@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3661@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3662@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3663@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3664If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3665look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3666are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3667respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3668
4a9bb1df
UW
3669@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
3670@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
1f70da6a
SS
3671This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp}
3672will jump to, assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp}
3673breakpoint. It takes a @code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the
3674target PC value through this pointer. It examines the current state
3675of the machine as needed, typically by using a manually-determined
3676offset into the @code{jmp_buf}. (While we might like to get the offset
3677from the target's @file{jmpbuf.h}, that header file cannot be assumed
3678to be available when building a cross-debugger.)
c906108c 3679
268e2188
AC
3680@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3681@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3682Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3683conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
1f70da6a 3684feature-specific macros. It was introduced in haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3685repenting at leisure.
3686
9742079a
EZ
3687@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3688An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3689support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3690
4a9bb1df
UW
3691@item int gdbarch_inner_than (@var{gdbarch}, @var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3692@findex gdbarch_inner_than
c906108c 3693Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
4a9bb1df
UW
3694stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Let the function return
3695@w{@code{lhs < rhs}} if the target's stack grows downward in memory, or
3696@w{@code{lhs > rsh}} if the stack grows upward.
c906108c 3697
4a9bb1df 3698@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 3699@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 3700Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
3701The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3702the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3703final `return from function call' instruction.
3704
4a9bb1df
UW
3705@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
3706@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
3707Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
3708trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3709
cfd8ab24
SS
3710@item target_so_ops.in_dynsym_resolve_code (@var{pc})
3711@findex in_dynsym_resolve_code
4a9bb1df 3712Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
3713dynamic linker.
3714
56caf160
EZ
3715@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3716@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3717Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3718should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3719function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3720to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3721stepping will suffice.
3722
4a9bb1df
UW
3723@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3724@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
3725@cindex converting integers to addresses
3726Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3727conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3728the current architectures conventions.
3729
3730@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3731their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3732@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3733computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3734major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3735other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3736conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3737out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3738to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3739disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 3740method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
3741@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3742
3743@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3744Addresses}.
3745
4a9bb1df
UW
3746@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3747@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
3748Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3749appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3750address the pointer refers to.
3751@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3752
4a9bb1df
UW
3753@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
3754@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
3755Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3756@var{type}.
4281a42e 3757@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3758
617073a9
AC
3759@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3760@findex register_reggroup_p
3761@cindex register groups
3762Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3763group @var{reggroup}.
3764
3765By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3766
3767@table @code
3768@item float_reggroup
3769Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3770@item vector_reggroup
3771Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3772@item general_reggroup
3773Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3774floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3775@item save_reggroup
3776@itemx restore_reggroup
3777@itemx all_reggroup
3778Any register with a valid name.
3779@end table
3780
77e7e267
AC
3781@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3782@findex register_type
1f70da6a
SS
3783If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}.
3784@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register
3785Representations}.
77e7e267 3786
9fb4dd36 3787@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3788@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3789Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3790form.
13d01224 3791@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3792
3793@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3794@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3795Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3796form.
13d01224 3797@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3798
0ab4b752
MK
3799@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3800@findex regset_from_core_section
3801Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3802@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3803
b0ed3589 3804@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3805@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3806Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3807mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3808
d3e8051b 3809@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3810@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3811A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3812@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3813the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3814for examples.
3815
e35879db
UW
3816@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
3817@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
3818Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3819debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3820them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3821address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3822linking faster.
3823
3824Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
3825argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
3826are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
3827debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
3828addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
3829mark the starts and ends of functions.
3830
3831In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
3832
3833@itemize @bullet
3834@item
3835@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
3836addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
3837taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
3838minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
3839has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
3840that carries the address.
3841
3842@item
3843@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3844@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
3845guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
3846@end itemize
3847
4a9bb1df
UW
3848@item int gdbarch_pc_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3849@findex gdbarch_pc_regnum
3850If the program counter is kept in a register, then let this function return
3851the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
c906108c 3852
4a9bb1df
UW
3853This should only need to be defined if @code{gdbarch_read_pc} and
3854@code{gdbarch_write_pc} are not defined.
2df3850c 3855
4a9bb1df
UW
3856@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3857@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
3858@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
3859nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
3860instead of value.
a38c9fe6 3861
c906108c 3862@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3863@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3864A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3865
4a9bb1df
UW
3866@item gdbarch_ps_regnum (@var{gdbarch}
3867@findex gdbarch_ps_regnum
3868If defined, this function returns the number of the processor status
3869register.
3870(This definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
c906108c 3871
4a9bb1df
UW
3872@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
3873@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
4a9bb1df
UW
3874@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3875the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
3876code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
3877the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3878
86fe4aaa 3879@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3880function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3881
b24da7d0 3882Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8 3883
4a9bb1df
UW
3884@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
3885@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
3886@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
3887instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3888called function should return.
3889
3890Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3891should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3892the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3893
3894By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3895(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3896reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3897
1f70da6a 3898This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}}.
7043d8dc 3899
4a9bb1df
UW
3900@item const char *gdbarch_register_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnr})
3901@findex gdbarch_register_name
3902Return the name of register @var{regnr} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3903to indicate that @var{regnr} is not a valid register.
c906108c 3904
4a9bb1df
UW
3905@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
3906@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
3907Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3908regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 3909
963e2bb7 3910@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3911@findex gdbarch_return_value
3912@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3913type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3914would use.
3915
3916@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3917@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3918in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3919value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3920passed in as the function's first parameter.
3921
963e2bb7
AC
3922If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3923non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3924@var{regcache}.
3925
963e2bb7 3926If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3927non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3928@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3929just returned function).
3930
92ad9cd9
AC
3931@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3932store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3933the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3934@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3935instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3936return-value extract and store.}
3937
3938@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3939parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3940that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3941then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 3942@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
3943
3944@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3945to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3946@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3947limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3948
4a9bb1df
UW
3949@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
3950@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 3951Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3952steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3953re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3954hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
3955doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
3956processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
3957This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
3958of a branch or jump.
3959
4a9bb1df
UW
3960@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_prologue (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ip})
3961@findex gdbarch_skip_prologue
3962A function that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3963function entry prologue found at @var{ip}.
c906108c 3964
4a9bb1df
UW
3965@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
3966@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 3967If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 3968the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
3969that is at the start of the real function.
3970
4a9bb1df
UW
3971@item int gdbarch_sp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3972@findex gdbarch_sp_regnum
3973If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then use this function to return
6c0e89ed
AC
3974the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3975there is no such register.
c906108c 3976
1f70da6a
SS
3977@item int gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3978@findex gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum
3979If the frame pointer is in a register, use this function to return the
3980number of that register.
3981
4a9bb1df
UW
3982@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
3983@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
3984Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
3985regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
3986
c906108c 3987@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3988@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3989The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3990current sources.)
3991
c906108c 3992@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3993@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3994Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3995
4a9bb1df
UW
3996@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
3997@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
3998Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3999it should be unsigned.
4000
4001The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4002equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4003character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4004Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4005on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4006
4a9bb1df
UW
4007@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4008@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4009Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4010
4a9bb1df
UW
4011@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4012@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4013Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4014
4a9bb1df
UW
4015@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4016@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4017Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4018
4a9bb1df
UW
4019@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4020@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4021Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4022
4a9bb1df
UW
4023@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4024@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4025Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4026defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4027
4028@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4029@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4030Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4031@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4032
4033@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4034@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4035Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4036@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4037
4038@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4039@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4040Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4041
4042@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_read_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4043@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4044@itemx gdbarch_write_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache}, @var{val})
4045@findex gdbarch_write_pc
4046@anchor{gdbarch_write_pc}
56caf160
EZ
4047@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4048@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4049@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4050@findex TARGET_READ_FP
4a9bb1df
UW
4051@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4052@findex gdbarch_write_pc
56caf160 4053@findex read_sp
56caf160 4054@findex read_fp
4a9bb1df
UW
4055@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{gdbarch_read_pc},
4056@code{gdbarch_write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4057left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4058functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c 4059
4a9bb1df
UW
4060These macros and functions are useful when a target keeps one of these
4061registers in a hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register
4062and part in an ordinary register.
c906108c 4063
4a9bb1df 4064@xref{gdbarch_unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
a9e5fdc2 4065
4a9bb1df
UW
4066@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4067@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
1f70da6a
SS
4068Returns a @code{(@var{register}, @var{offset})} pair representing the virtual
4069frame pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame
4070pointers are not used, a default definition simply returns
4071@code{gdbarch_deprecated_fp_regnum} (or @code{gdbarch_sp_regnum}, if
4072no frame pointer is defined), with an offset of zero.
4073
4074@c need to explain virtual frame pointers, they are recorded in agent expressions
4075@c for tracepoints
c906108c 4076
9742079a
EZ
4077@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4078If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4079watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4080other related macros.
4081
4a9bb1df
UW
4082@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4083@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4084This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4085instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
1f70da6a
SS
4086debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes.
4087This usually points to a function in the @code{opcodes} library
4088(@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}). @var{info} is a structure (of
4089type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in the header file
4090@file{include/dis-asm.h}, and used to pass information to the
4091instruction decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4092
669fac23
DJ
4093@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4094@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
4095@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 4096frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 4097frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 4098previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 4099
4a9bb1df
UW
4100@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4101@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4102Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4103@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4104
c906108c
SS
4105@end table
4106
4107Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4108
56caf160 4109@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4110@item BPT_VECTOR
4111Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4112not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4113
4114@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4115Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 4116
56caf160 4117@end ftable
c906108c 4118
b6fd0dfb 4119@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
4120@section Adding a New Target
4121
56caf160 4122@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4123The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4124
4125@table @file
56caf160 4126@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4127@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4128Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4129object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
1f70da6a 4130@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}.
104c1213 4131
1f70da6a
SS
4132You can also define @samp{TM_CLIBS} and @samp{TM_CDEPS}, but these are
4133now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in future
4134versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4135
c906108c
SS
4136@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4137Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
1f70da6a 4138some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c 4139
af6c57ea
AC
4140@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4141@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
1f70da6a
SS
4142This is required to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4143processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). It can be shared among many
4144targets that use the same processor architecture.
af6c57ea 4145
c906108c
SS
4146@end table
4147
1f70da6a
SS
4148(Target header files such as
4149@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h},
4150@file{gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}, and
4151@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} are no longer used.)
c906108c 4152
123dc839
DJ
4153@node Target Descriptions
4154@chapter Target Descriptions
4155@cindex target descriptions
4156
4157The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4158contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4159some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4160instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4161@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4162more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4163directly.
4164
4165For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4166target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4167Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4168topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4169
4170@menu
4171* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4172* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4173@end menu
4174
4175@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4176@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4177@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4178
4179Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4180an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4181reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4182new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4183
4184A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4185@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4186@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4187the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
418864-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4189
4190If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4191incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4192@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4193architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4194new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4195a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4196of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4197properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4198see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4199
4200@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4201@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4202@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4203
4204Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4205instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4206specific routines to support this.
4207
4208A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4209set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4210with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4211responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4212everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4213mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4214standard registers.
4215
4216If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4217registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4218
4219@itemize @bullet
4220
4221@item
4222Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4223searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4224
4225@item
4226Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4227
4228@item
4229Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4230to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4231
4232@item
4233Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4234feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4235the description was incomplete.
4236
4237@item
4238Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4239is called.
4240
4241@item
4242Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4243fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4244
4245@item
4246Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4247returning it.
4248
4249@end itemize
4250
4251After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4252@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4253routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4254the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4255for any additional registers in the description.
4256
4257Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4258
4259@itemize @bullet
4260
4261@item
4262Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4263constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4264as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4265pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4266which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4267can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4268@code{num_regs} instead.
4269
4270@item
4271The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4272architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4273@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4274@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4275describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4276internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4277gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4278
4279@end itemize
4280
4281
c906108c
SS
4282@node Target Vector Definition
4283
4284@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4285@cindex target vector
c906108c 4286
56caf160
EZ
4287The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4288abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4289actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4290@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4291each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4292
52bb452f
DJ
4293@menu
4294* Managing Execution State::
4295* Existing Targets::
4296@end menu
4297
4298@node Managing Execution State
4299@section Managing Execution State
4300@cindex execution state
4301
4302A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4303stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4304manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4305inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4306active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4307when the target has exited or not yet started.
4308
4309For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4310not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4311accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4312program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4313remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4314are directed to the simulator.
4315
4316A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4317onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4318@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4319@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4320
4321A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4322still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4323@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4324call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4325in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4326after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4327time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4328@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4329@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4330@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4331@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4332target to inactive state.
4333
4334@node Existing Targets
4335@section Existing Targets
4336@cindex targets
4337
4338@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4339
4340Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4341
52bb452f 4342@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4343
56caf160
EZ
4344@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4345that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4346@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
1f70da6a
SS
4347systems for this purpose; they are named @file{@var{cpu}-stub.c}. Many
4348operating systems, embedded targets, emulators, and simulators already
4349have a GDB stub built into them, and maintenance of the remote
4350protocol must be careful to preserve compatibility.
c906108c 4351
56caf160
EZ
4352The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4353your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4354SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4355program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4356
4357The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4358@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4359
4360@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4361@item
4362%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4363
56caf160
EZ
4364@item
4365traps are disabled;
c906108c 4366
56caf160
EZ
4367@item
4368you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4369@end enumerate
4370
4371As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4372is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4373The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4374hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4375which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4376set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4377first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4378
4379For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4380``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4381and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4382controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4383trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4384do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4385of the debugger/stub.
4386
4387From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4388They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4389
52bb452f 4390@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4391
52bb452f 4392@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4393
52bb452f 4394@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4395
52bb452f 4396@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4397
4398
4399@node Native Debugging
4400
4401@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4402@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4403
25822942 4404Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4405
4406@table @file
56caf160 4407@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4408@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4409Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4410machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4411native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4412Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4413@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4414define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
3d0bb823 4415@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, @samp{NAT_GENERATED_FILES}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 4416
7fd60527
AC
4417@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4418originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4419on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4420purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4421eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4422suffix.}
4423
c906108c 4424@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4425(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4426macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4427child process control and core file support.
4428
4429@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4430Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4431this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4432@end table
4433
4434There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4435various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4436defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4437the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4438@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4439
4440Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4441to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4442Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4443into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4444
4445@table @file
c906108c
SS
4446@item inftarg.c
4447This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4448processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4449
4450@item procfs.c
4451This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4452processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4453
4454@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4455This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4456and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4457
4458@item infptrace.c
4459This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4460the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4461@end table
4462
4463@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4464@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4465
4466@table @file
56caf160 4467@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4468@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4469Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4470@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4471files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4472just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4473@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4474
4475@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4476If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4477@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4478set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4479register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4480``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4481@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4482use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4483you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4484to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4485@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4486the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4487@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4488@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4489implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4490@end table
4491
25822942 4492When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4493possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4494code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4495@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4496machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4497(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4498@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4499exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4500modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4501section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4502segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4503information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4504sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4505section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4506standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4507around in.
4508
25822942 4509Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4510@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4511@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4512It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4513its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4514segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4515register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4516
4517If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4518format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4519reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4520
4521@section ptrace
4522
4523@section /proc
4524
4525@section win32
4526
4527@section shared libraries
4528
4529@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4530@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4531
56caf160
EZ
4532When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4533defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4534target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4535undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4536
1f6d4158
AC
4537@table @code
4538
c906108c 4539@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4540@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4541If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4542define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4543a read from the child.
4544
4545[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4546currently.]
4547
4548@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4549@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4550Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4551@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4552@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4553@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4554routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4555
4a9bb1df
UW
4556@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4557@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4558This functions normally returns the number of the first floating
c906108c 4559point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4560appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4561to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4562
4a9bb1df
UW
4563@item int gdbarch_get_longjmp_target (@var{gdbarch})
4564@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
4a9bb1df 4565This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4566assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4567@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4568pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4569
9742079a
EZ
4570@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4571An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4572support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4573
c906108c 4574@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4575@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4576Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4577user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4578
4579@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4580@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4581Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4582defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4583definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4584
990f9fe3 4585@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4586@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4587Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4588@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4589@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4590processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4591
4592@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4593@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4594Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4595want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4596
4597@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4598@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4599When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4600twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4601the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4602number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4603expand into the number expected.
4604
c906108c
SS
4605@end table
4606
c906108c
SS
4607@node Support Libraries
4608
4609@chapter Support Libraries
4610
4611@section BFD
56caf160 4612@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4613
25822942 4614BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4615
4616@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4617@item identifying executable and core files
4618BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4619several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4620
4621@item access to sections of files
4622BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4623sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4624(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4625calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4626length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4627
4628@item specialized core file support
4629BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4630core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4631file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4632file.
4633
4634@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4635@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4636symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4637handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4638symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4639string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4640@end table
4641
4642@section opcodes
56caf160 4643@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4644
25822942 4645The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4646library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4647
4648@section readline
86f04699
EZ
4649@cindex readline library
4650The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
4651that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
4652
4653@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4654@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4655
4656The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4657that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4658systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4659groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4660environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4661a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4662functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4663beyond standard functions).
4664
4665@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4666library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4667floating format support functions, the input options parser
4668@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4669
4670@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4671@cindex @code{obstacks}
4672
4673The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4674chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4675like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4676allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 4677@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
4678@code{obstacks}).
4679
4680The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4681object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4682representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4683these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4684symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4685fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 4686offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
4687string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4688information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4689unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4690various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4691names of types.
4692
4693An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4694that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 4695various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
4696once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4697function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4698deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4699start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4700@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4701obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4702happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4703is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4704obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4705@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4706else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4707use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4708
4709Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4710under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4711longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4712when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4713new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4714
4715@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4716@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4717
4718Regex conditionals.
4719
4720@table @code
c906108c
SS
4721@item C_ALLOCA
4722
4723@item NFAILURES
4724
4725@item RE_NREGS
4726
4727@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4728
4729@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4730
4731@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4732
4733@item Sword
4734
4735@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4736@end table
4737
350da6ee
DJ
4738@section Array Containers
4739@cindex Array Containers
4740@cindex VEC
4741
4742Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
4743objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 4744and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
4745and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
4746inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
4747Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
4748
4749An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
4750The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
4751the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
4752bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
4753accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
4754but implemented in C.
4755
4756Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
4757and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
4758these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
4759pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
4760stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
4761dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
4762object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
4763elements are returned by value.
4764
4765There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
4766returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
4767variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
4768the address-of can be optimized away.
4769
4770The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
4771are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
4772itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
4773--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
4774field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
4775use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
4776such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
4777the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
4778(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
4779@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
4780minimal space in the structure containing them.
4781
4782Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
4783available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
4784that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
4785(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
4786needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
4787If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
4788to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
4789@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
4790elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
4791too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
4792but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
4793is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
4794can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
4795
4796You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
4797remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
4798in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
4799operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
4800There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
4801ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
4802@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
4803into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
4804@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
4805the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
4806
4807If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
4808accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
4809@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
4810vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
4811
4812Vector types are defined using a
4813@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
4814type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
4815characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
4816@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
4817(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
4818awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
4819check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
4820@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
4821that is not possible in plain C.
4822
4823An example of their use would be,
4824
4825@smallexample
4826DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
4827
4828struct my_struct @{
4829 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
4830@};
4831
4832struct my_struct *s;
4833
4834if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
4835VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
4836for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
4837 @{ do something with elt @}
4838
4839@end smallexample
4840
4841The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
4842accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
4843
4844@table @code
4845@item VEC_length
4846Return the number of items in the array,
4847
4848@item VEC_empty
4849Return true if the array has no elements.
4850
4851@item VEC_last
4852@itemx VEC_index
4853Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
4854
4855@item VEC_iterate
4856Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
4857traversed.
4858
4859@item VEC_alloc
4860@itemx VEC_free
4861Create and destroy an array.
4862
4863@item VEC_embedded_size
4864@itemx VEC_embedded_init
4865Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
4866
4867@item VEC_copy
4868Duplicate an array.
4869
4870@item VEC_space
4871Return the amount of free space in an array.
4872
4873@item VEC_reserve
4874Ensure a certain amount of free space.
4875
4876@item VEC_quick_push
4877@itemx VEC_safe_push
4878Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
4879sure that it is.
4880
4881@item VEC_pop
4882Remove the last item from an array.
4883
4884@item VEC_truncate
4885Remove several items from the end of an array.
4886
4887@item VEC_safe_grow
4888Add several items to the end of an array.
4889
4890@item VEC_replace
4891Overwrite an item in the array.
4892
4893@item VEC_quick_insert
4894@itemx VEC_safe_insert
4895Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
4896already exist, or the space is created.
4897
4898@item VEC_ordered_remove
4899@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
4900Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
4901
4902@item VEC_block_remove
4903Remove a set of items from the array.
4904
4905@item VEC_address
4906Provide the address of the first element.
4907
4908@item VEC_lower_bound
4909Binary search the array.
4910
4911@end table
4912
c906108c
SS
4913@section include
4914
4915@node Coding
4916
4917@chapter Coding
4918
4919This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4920algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4921
4922@section Cleanups
56caf160 4923@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4924
4925Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4926later.
c906108c 4927
cc1cb004
AC
4928When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4929@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4930the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4931cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4932and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4933is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4934cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4935created.
c906108c
SS
4936
4937Syntax:
4938
4939@table @code
c906108c
SS
4940@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4941Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4942
56caf160 4943@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4944@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4945Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4946@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4947handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4948@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4949@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4950from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4951
56caf160 4952@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4953@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4954Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4955@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4956
4957@findex discard_cleanups
4958@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4959Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4960the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4961@end table
4962
4963Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4964@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4965later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4966performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4967
474c8240 4968@smallexample
c906108c 4969make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4970@{
4971 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4972 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4973 ...
4974 do_cleanups (old);
4975@}
474c8240 4976@end smallexample
56caf160 4977
c906108c 4978@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4979will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4980cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4981be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4982
4983Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4984Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4985will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4986to two common cleanup styles.
4987
4988The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4989@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4990code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4991code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4992called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4993@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4994
474c8240 4995@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4996struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4997data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4998make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4999... blah blah ...
5000do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5001@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5002
5003The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5004@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5005any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5006code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5007an error:
5008
474c8240 5009@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5010FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5011struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5012... blah blah ...
5013discard_cleanups (old);
5014return file;
474c8240 5015@end smallexample
c906108c 5016
c1468174 5017Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5018that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5019means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5020interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5021functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5022@samp{longjmp} instead).
5023
ba8c9337
AC
5024@section Per-architecture module data
5025@cindex per-architecture module data
5026@cindex multi-arch data
5027@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5028
fc989b7a
AC
5029The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5030specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5031architecture object.
5032
5033A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5034
5035@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5036@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5037per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5038in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5039architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5040and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5041@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5042
fc989b7a
AC
5043@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5044@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5045per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5046always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5047initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5048per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5049other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5050create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5051@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5052
fc989b7a
AC
5053These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5054identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5055
fc989b7a 5056The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5057
fc989b7a
AC
5058@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5059Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5060@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5061or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5062current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5063pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5064corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5065@end deftypefun
5066
fc989b7a 5067The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5068
5069@smallexample
e7f16015 5070struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5071static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5072@end smallexample
5073
fc989b7a
AC
5074A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5075per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5076per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5077creation.
ba8c9337 5078
fc989b7a
AC
5079In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5080architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5081from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5082
5083@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5084static void *
5085nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5086@{
fc989b7a
AC
5087 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5088 return data;
5089@}
ba8c9337
AC
5090@end smallexample
5091
ba8c9337 5092@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5093extern void
5094set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5095@{
ba8c9337 5096 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5097 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5098@}
5099@end smallexample
5100
fc989b7a
AC
5101A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5102using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5103
fc989b7a
AC
5104In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5105@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5106architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5107
5108@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5109static void *
5110nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5111@{
fc989b7a
AC
5112 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5113 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5114 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5115@}
5116@end smallexample
5117
5118@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5119extern int
5120nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5121@{
fc989b7a
AC
5122 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5123 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5124@}
5125@end smallexample
5126
c906108c 5127@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5128@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5129
56caf160 5130@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5131Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5132or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5133added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5134routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5135exceeded.
5136
5137The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5138printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5139away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5140@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5141@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5142return!
5143
56caf160 5144It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5145space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5146indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5147the line wraps there.
5148
5149Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5150finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5151to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5152print warnings are a good example.
5153
25822942 5154@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5155@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5156
25822942 5157@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5158@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5159FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5160of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5161but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5162
56caf160
EZ
5163@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5164@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5165
af6c57ea 5166
b9aa90c9 5167@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5168
b9aa90c9
AC
5169@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5170compiler.
af6c57ea 5171
b9aa90c9 5172@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5173
5174
5175@subsection Memory Management
5176
5177@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5178@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5179
5180@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5181@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5182these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5183they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5184@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5185
5186@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5187memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5188behavior.}
5189
5190@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5191
5192@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5193memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5194free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5195
5196@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5197@code{NULL} pointer.}
5198
5199@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5200allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5201
5202@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5203restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5204
5205@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5206function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5207
5208@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5209functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5210errors.}
5211
5212
5213@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5214@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5215
aa79a185
DJ
5216With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5217@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5218are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5219building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5220
5221This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5222with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5223from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5224
5225The current list of warning flags includes:
5226
5227@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5228@item -Wall
5229Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5230
aa79a185 5231@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5232
aa79a185
DJ
5233@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5234code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5235
aa79a185 5236@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5237
aa79a185
DJ
5238@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5239Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5240might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5241Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5242@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5243but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5244
7be93b9e
JB
5245@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5246In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5247assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5248signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5249carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5250the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5251worth the time it would take.
5252
aa79a185
DJ
5253@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5254Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5255unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5256@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5257it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5258is being used.
5259
5260@item -Wno-unused
5261@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5262@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5263These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5264currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5265
aa79a185 5266@end table
c906108c
SS
5267
5268@subsection Formatting
5269
56caf160 5270@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5271The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5272strictly.
5273
af6c57ea
AC
5274A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5275function definition should have its name in column zero.
5276
474c8240 5277@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5278/* Declaration */
5279static void foo (void);
5280/* Definition */
5281void
5282foo (void)
5283@{
5284@}
474c8240 5285@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5286
5287@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5288be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5289
af6c57ea
AC
5290There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5291parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5292required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5293or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5294
5295While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5296more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5297after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5298whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5299for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5300
5301Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5302
474c8240 5303@smallexample
af6c57ea 5304void *foo;
474c8240 5305@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5306
5307@noindent
5308and not:
5309
474c8240 5310@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5311void * foo;
5312void* foo;
474c8240 5313@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5314
5315@subsection Comments
5316
56caf160 5317@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5318The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5319
af6c57ea
AC
5320Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5321@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5322
474c8240 5323@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5324/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5325 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5326 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5327 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5328 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5329@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5330
5331(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5332comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5333
5334Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5335variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5336
5337In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5338than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5339line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5340than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5341
5342@subsection C Usage
5343
56caf160 5344@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5345Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5346host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5347of evaluation of expressions.
5348
56caf160 5349@cindex function usage
c906108c 5350Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5351in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5352call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5353limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5354
5355However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5356are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5357
af6c57ea 5358@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5359(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5360protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5361
5362@cindex types
c906108c 5363
af6c57ea
AC
5364Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5365declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5366
5367
5368@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5369@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5370
5371Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5372a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5373argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5374function definition.
c906108c 5375
53a5351d
JM
5376All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5377callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5378be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5379visible to random source files.
c906108c 5380
af6c57ea
AC
5381Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5382that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5383
5384
5385@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5386
5387During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5388User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5389entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5390object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5391Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5392run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5393
5394When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5395@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5396
5397@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5398
5399@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5400the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5401@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5402error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5403
5404@subsection File Names
5405
5406Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5407case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5408unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5409
5410@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5411platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5412is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5413@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5414convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5415@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5416@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5417
5418Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5419of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5420
5421@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5422
5423When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5424@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5425@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5426independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5427the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5428should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5429programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5430
5431For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5432
5433
5434@subsection Include Files
5435
e2b28d04 5436A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5437
e2b28d04
AC
5438A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5439declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5440indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5441
e2b28d04
AC
5442A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5443declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5444indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5445be directly included.
af6c57ea 5446
e2b28d04 5447An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5448
e2b28d04
AC
5449An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5450Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5451pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5452
5453A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5454
5455An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5456files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5457@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5458
5459All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5460
474c8240 5461@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5462#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5463#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5464header body
5465#endif
474c8240 5466@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5467
c906108c 5468
dab11f21 5469@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5470
56caf160 5471@cindex design
c906108c 5472In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5473semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5474experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5475trouble.
5476
56caf160 5477@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5478You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5479(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5480must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5481@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5482such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5483
5484You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5485the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5486current @code{target_ops} vector.
5487
5488You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5489(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5490assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5491host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5492written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5493copyright problems.
5494
56caf160 5495@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5496Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5497to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5498systems.
5499
56caf160 5500@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5501New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5502or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5503for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5504features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5505has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5506often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5507predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5508time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5509with regard to this feature.
5510
5511Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5512target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5513
dab11f21
EZ
5514@cindex portable file name handling
5515@cindex file names, portability
5516One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5517creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5518assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5519a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5520directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5521necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5522system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5523name, use the following portable macros:
5524
5525@table @code
5526@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5527@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5528This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5529whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5530symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5531such hosts.
5532
5533@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5534@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5535Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5536character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5537such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5538pass.
5539
5540@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5541@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5542Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5543For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5544@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5545@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5546
5547@findex FILENAME_CMP
5548@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5549Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5550appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5551this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5552will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5553
5554@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5555@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5556Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5557@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5558This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5559
5560@findex SLASH_STRING
5561@item SLASH_STRING
5562This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5563absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5564@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5565@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5566@end table
5567
5568In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5569functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5570basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5571@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5572platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5573with @code{strrchr}.
5574
25822942
DB
5575Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5576attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5577multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5578by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5579well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5580something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5581using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5582@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5583current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5584is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5585implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5586attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5587formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5588
56caf160
EZ
5589Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5590the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5591@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5592something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5593consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5594with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5595file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5596radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5597
af6c57ea
AC
5598All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5599@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5600messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5601@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5602
c906108c 5603
8487521e 5604@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5605
25822942 5606@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5607@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5608
56caf160
EZ
5609Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5610specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5611dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5612hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5613@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5614name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5615@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5616
56caf160
EZ
5617@itemize @bullet
5618@item
c906108c
SS
5619In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5620@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5621vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5622@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5623@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5624running
5625
474c8240 5626@smallexample
c906108c 5627./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5628@end smallexample
56caf160 5629
c906108c
SS
5630@noindent
5631and
56caf160 5632
474c8240 5633@smallexample
c906108c 5634./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5635@end smallexample
56caf160 5636
c906108c
SS
5637@noindent
5638which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5639and no error messages.
5640
56caf160 5641@noindent
c906108c
SS
5642You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5643beyond the scope of this manual.
5644
56caf160 5645@item
25822942 5646To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5647your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5648desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5649setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5650@var{xyz}).
5651
7fd60527
AC
5652@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5653@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5654new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5655Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5656to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5657changed again in the future.}
5658
56caf160 5659@item
25822942 5660Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5661target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5662configuration.
56caf160 5663@end itemize
c906108c 5664
d52fe014
AC
5665@node Versions and Branches
5666@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5667
d52fe014 5668@section Versions
8973da3a 5669
d52fe014
AC
5670@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5671@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5672
d52fe014
AC
5673@table @asis
5674@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5675@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5676an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5677@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5678a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
56796.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5680@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5681a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
56826.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5683@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5684a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5685@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5686may include additional changes
d52fe014 5687@end table
fb0ff88f 5688
d52fe014
AC
5689@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5690numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5691of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5692@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5693
53531fc1
AC
5694@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5695@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5696drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5697first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5698@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5699@var{patchlevel}.
5700
5701For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5702identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5703
5704@table @asis
5705@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5706drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5707@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5708@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5709drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
57106.1.90.20020304)
5711@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5712@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5713drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5714@end table
fb0ff88f 5715
d52fe014
AC
5716If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
57176.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5718here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5719
d52fe014
AC
5720@smallexample
5721 <HEAD>
5722 |
53531fc1 57236.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5724 |
53531fc1 5725 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5726 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5727 | |
53531fc1
AC
57286.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5729 | |
57306.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5731 | |
57326.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5733 | |
53531fc1
AC
57346.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5735 | |
57366.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5737 | |
57386.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5739 | |
57406.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5741 | |
57426.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5743 |
53531fc1 57446.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5745 |
53531fc1 5746 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5747 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5748 | |
57496.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5750 | |
d52fe014 5751@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5752
d52fe014
AC
5753@section Release Branches
5754@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5755
d52fe014
AC
5756@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5757single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5758branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5759
d52fe014
AC
5760@smallexample
5761gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5762gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5763gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5764@end smallexample
5765
5766@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5767release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5768date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5769branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5770
5771@section Vendor Branches
5772@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5773
5774To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5775@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5776(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 5777its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
5778Inc Patch 2)}.
5779
5780@section Experimental Branches
5781@cindex experimental branches
5782
5783@subsection Guidelines
5784
5785@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5786repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5787for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5788significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5789
d52fe014 5790The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5791
d52fe014
AC
5792@table @emph
5793
5794@item a branch has an owner
5795The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5796ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5797adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5798
5799@item all commits are posted
5800All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5801@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5802mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5803should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5804
5805@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5806This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5807and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5808
5809@item a branch is focused
5810A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5811unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5812be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5813
5814@item a branch tracks mainline
5815This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5816pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5817mainline.
5818
5819@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5820The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5821branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5822
5823@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5824The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5825the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5826@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5827
5828@end table
fb0ff88f 5829
d52fe014
AC
5830@subsection Tags
5831@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5832
d52fe014
AC
5833To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5834branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5835
d52fe014 5836@table @code
fb0ff88f 5837
d52fe014
AC
5838@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5839@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5840The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5841date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5842sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5843@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5844cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5845cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5846 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5847@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5848
d52fe014
AC
5849@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5850The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5851on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5852use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5853@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5854cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5855cvs update \
5856 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5857 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5858@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5859@noindent
5860Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5861merge.
5862
5863@end table
fb0ff88f 5864
d52fe014
AC
5865@noindent
5866For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5867@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5868
55f6ca0f
JB
5869@node Start of New Year Procedure
5870@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
5871@cindex new year procedure
5872
5873At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
5874
5875@itemize @bullet
5876@item
5877Rotate the ChangeLog file
5878
5879The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
5880@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
5881A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
5882contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
5883also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
5884the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
5885@smallexample
5886Local Variables:
5887mode: change-log
5888left-margin: 8
5889fill-column: 74
5890version-control: never
5891End:
5892@end smallexample
5893
7f893741
JB
5894@item
5895Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
5896in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5897
55f6ca0f
JB
5898@item
5899Update the copyright year in the startup message
5900
5901Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
5902@code{print_gdb_version}.
6ec2edbe
JB
5903
5904@item
5905Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
5906files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
5907script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
5908
55f6ca0f
JB
5909@end itemize
5910
d52fe014 5911@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5912
d52fe014
AC
5913@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5914@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5915
9bb0a4d8
AC
5916@section Branch Commit Policy
5917
5918The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
59195.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5920
5921@itemize @bullet
5922@item
5923The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5924@item
5925Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5926trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5927file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5928@item
5929When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5930Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5931when debugging a static binary?
5932@item
5933The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5934the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5935@item
5936Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5937sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5938@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5939@end itemize
5940
5941@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5942functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5943This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5944reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5945
5946
cbb09e6a 5947@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5948
8642bc8f 5949Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5950code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5951(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5952
8642bc8f 5953Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5954line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5955been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5956
cbb09e6a
AC
5957The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5958wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5959Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5960
cbb09e6a 5961@enumerate
8973da3a 5962@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5963Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5964list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5965recommended.
8973da3a 5966@item
cbb09e6a 5967Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5968@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5969Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5970Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5971@item
cbb09e6a 5972Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5973@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5974Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5975prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5976@item
5977Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5978released.
5979@item
5980Remove the obsolete code.
5981@end enumerate
5982
5983@noindent
5984@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5985hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5986helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5987or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5988the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5989hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5990
8973da3a 5991
9ae8b82c
AC
5992
5993@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5994
8642bc8f
AC
5995The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5996changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5997instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5998building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5999@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6000
9ae8b82c 6001@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6002
9ae8b82c
AC
6003People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6004something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6005script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6006
9ae8b82c 6007@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6008
9ae8b82c
AC
6009Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6010@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6011@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6012
6013@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6014
8642bc8f 6015A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6016
8642bc8f
AC
6017@itemize @bullet
6018@item
6019@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6020@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6021@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6022file)
6023@item
6024@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6025@end itemize
6026
9ae8b82c 6027@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6028
9ae8b82c
AC
6029@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6030(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6031conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6032of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6033regressions.
8642bc8f 6034
9ae8b82c 6035@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6036
9ae8b82c 6037Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6038
9ae8b82c 6039@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6040
9ae8b82c 6041The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6042
8642bc8f 6043
30107679 6044@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6045
30107679 6046@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6047
474c8240 6048@smallexample
30107679
AC
6049$ u=5.1
6050$ v=5.2
6051$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6052$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6053$ echo $u $V $D
60545.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6055$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6056-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6057cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6058-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6059$ ^echo ^^
6060...
6061$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6062-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6063cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6064-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6065$ ^echo ^^
6066...
8642bc8f 6067$
474c8240 6068@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6069
6070@itemize @bullet
6071@item
b247355e 6072By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6073date/time.
6074@item
b247355e 6075The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6076@item
b247355e 6077Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6078@item
b247355e 6079@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6080@item
b247355e 6081The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6082@end itemize
6083
6084@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6085
6086@smallexample
6087$ u=5.1
6088$ v=5.2
6089$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6090$ echo $u $v$V
60915.1 5_2
6092$ cd /tmp
6093$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6094-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6095cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6096 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6097$ ^echo ^^
6098U src/gdb/version.in
6099$ cd src/gdb
6100$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6101$ cat version.in
61025.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6103$ cvs -f commit version.in
6104@end smallexample
6105
6106@itemize @bullet
6107@item
6108@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6109mechanism.
30107679
AC
6110@item
6111@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6112initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6113@end itemize
6114
8642bc8f
AC
6115
6116@subheading Update the web and news pages
6117
30107679
AC
6118Something?
6119
8642bc8f
AC
6120@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6121
30107679
AC
6122The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6123This file needs to be updated so that:
6124
6125@itemize @bullet
6126@item
b247355e 6127A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6128@item
b247355e 6129The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6130@end itemize
6131
6132@noindent
6133See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6134cron table.
6135
6136The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6137any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6138snapshot directories.
6139
6140
6141@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6142
6143The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6144to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6145refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6146
6147The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6148current release.
6149
6150@subheading Post the branch info
6151
6152Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6153
6154@itemize @bullet
6155@item
6156@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6157@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6158@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6159@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6160@end itemize
30107679
AC
6161
6162@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6163ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6164list are alerted.}
6165
6166The announcement should include:
6167
6168@itemize @bullet
6169@item
b247355e 6170The branch tag.
30107679 6171@item
b247355e 6172How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6173@item
b247355e 6174The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6175@item
b247355e 6176The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6177@end itemize
30107679 6178
8642bc8f
AC
6179@section Stabilize the branch
6180
6181Something goes here.
6182
6183@section Create a Release
6184
0816590b
AC
6185The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6186down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6187process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6188process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6189
0816590b
AC
6190When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6191
6192@subsection Create a release candidate
6193
6194The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6195made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6196candidate).
6197
6198@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6199
6200Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6201@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6202
6203@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6204
474c8240 6205@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6206$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6207$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6208$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6209$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6210/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6211$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6212$ cd $t/$b/$v
6213$ pwd
0816590b 6214/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6215$ which autoconf
6216/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6217$
474c8240 6218@end smallexample
8973da3a 6219
0816590b
AC
6220@noindent
6221Notes:
8973da3a 6222
0816590b
AC
6223@itemize @bullet
6224@item
6225Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6226version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6227found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6228unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6229@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6230@end itemize
6231
6232@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6233
474c8240 6234@smallexample
b247355e 6235$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6236do
8973da3a
AC
6237( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6238done
8642bc8f 6239$
474c8240 6240@end smallexample
8973da3a 6241
0816590b
AC
6242@noindent
6243Note:
8642bc8f 6244
0816590b
AC
6245@itemize @bullet
6246@item
6247The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6248any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6249@code{cvs} really does.
6250@end itemize
6251
6252@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6253
0816590b
AC
6254@table @file
6255
6256@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6257
6258Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6259releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6260
0816590b 6261Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6262
474c8240 6263@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6264$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6265...
6266c-x 4 a
6267...
6268c-x c-s c-x c-c
6269$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6270$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6271@end smallexample
8973da3a 6272
0816590b
AC
6273@item gdb/README
6274
6275You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6276
0816590b
AC
6277@itemize @bullet
6278@item
b247355e 6279The version.
0816590b 6280@item
b247355e 6281The update date.
0816590b 6282@item
b247355e 6283Who did it.
0816590b 6284@end itemize
8973da3a 6285
474c8240 6286@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6287$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6288...
8973da3a 6289c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6290...
8973da3a 6291c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6292$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6293$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6294@end smallexample
8973da3a 6295
0816590b
AC
6296@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6297before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6298to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6299
8642bc8f
AC
6300@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6301@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6302pursuing.}
8973da3a 6303
0816590b 6304@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6305
474c8240 6306@smallexample
8642bc8f 6307$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6308$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
63095.2
8642bc8f 6310$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6311...
6312c-x 4 a
0816590b 6313... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6314c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6315$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6316$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6317@end smallexample
8973da3a 6318
0816590b
AC
6319@end table
6320
6321@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6322
6323This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6324
4ce8657e
MC
6325@smallexample
6326$ for m in gdb insight
6327do
6328( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6329done
4ce8657e
MC
6330@end smallexample
6331
6332If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6333(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6334
474c8240 6335@smallexample
0816590b 6336$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6337do
0816590b 6338( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6339done
474c8240 6340@end smallexample
8973da3a 6341
0816590b 6342@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6343
0816590b 6344You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6345@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6346for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6347
474c8240 6348@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6349$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6350M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6351? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6352? proto-toplev
0816590b 6353@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6354M gdb/ChangeLog
6355M gdb/NEWS
6356M gdb/README
6357M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6358@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6359$
474c8240 6360@end smallexample
8973da3a 6361
0816590b 6362@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6363@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6364@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6365was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6366didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6367
0816590b 6368@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6369
474c8240 6370@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6371$ cp */src/*.tar .
6372$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6373$ ls -F
b247355e 6374gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6375$ for m in gdb insight
6376do
6377bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6378gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6379done
6380$
474c8240 6381@end smallexample
8973da3a 6382
0816590b
AC
6383@noindent
6384Note:
6385
6386@itemize @bullet
6387@item
6388A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6389in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6390can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6391process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6392@end itemize
6393
6394@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6395
0816590b 6396Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6397
0816590b
AC
6398@smallexample
6399$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6400$ cd gdb-5.2
6401$ ./configure
6402$ make
6403@dots{}
6404$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6405GNU gdb 5.2
6406@dots{}
6407(gdb) b main
6408Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6409(gdb) run
6410Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6411
6412Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6413734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6414(gdb) print args
6415$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6416(gdb)
6417@end smallexample
8973da3a 6418
0816590b 6419@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6420
0816590b 6421If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6422
0816590b
AC
6423@enumerate
6424@item
6425Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6426@item
6427Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6428@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6429process can restart.
6430@item
6431Make the release candidate available in
6432@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6433@item
6434Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6435@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6436@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6437
0816590b 6438@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6439
0816590b 6440(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6441
0816590b 6442@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6443
0816590b 6444Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6445
474c8240 6446@smallexample
0816590b 6447$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6448$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6449@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6450
0816590b
AC
6451@noindent
6452Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6453are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6454
6455@smallexample
6456$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6457$ rm @dots{}
6458@end smallexample
6459
6460@noindent
6461Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6462directory:
6463
6464@smallexample
6465$ vi README
6466@dots{}
6467$ rm -f .message
6468$ ln README .message
6469@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6470
0816590b 6471@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6472
0816590b
AC
6473@table @file
6474
6475@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6476This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6477@itemize @bullet
6478@item
b247355e 6479General announcement.
8642bc8f 6480@item
0816590b
AC
6481News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6482earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6483@item
b247355e 6484Errata.
0816590b
AC
6485@end itemize
6486
6487@item htdocs/index.html
6488@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6489@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6490These files include:
6491@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6492@item
b247355e 6493Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6494@item
b247355e 6495News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6496@end itemize
0816590b 6497These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6498
0816590b 6499@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6500You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6501docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6502from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6503Something like:
6504
474c8240 6505@smallexample
8642bc8f 6506$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6507 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6508 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6509 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6510 gdb
474c8240 6511@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6512
0816590b
AC
6513@item download/ari/
6514Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6515
0816590b
AC
6516@smallexample
6517$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6518 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6519 $PWD/www \
6520 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6521 gdb
6522@end smallexample
6523
6524@end table
6525
6526@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6527
6528Something goes here.
6529
6530
6531@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6532
6533At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6534@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6535
6536@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6537
6538Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6539
6540@itemize @bullet
6541@item
6542@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6543@item
0816590b
AC
6544@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6545day or so to let things get out)
6546@item
6547@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6548@end itemize
6549
0816590b 6550@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6551
0816590b 6552The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6553
0816590b 6554@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6555
0816590b 6556In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6557
6558@itemize @bullet
6559@item
6560@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6561@item
6562@file{gdb/version.in}
6563@item
6564@file{gdb/NEWS}
6565@item
6566@file{gdb/README}
6567@end itemize
6568
0816590b 6569@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6570
6571Something like:
6572
474c8240 6573@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6574$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6575$ echo $d
65762002-01-24
6577$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6578$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6579@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6580
0816590b 6581Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6582@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6583
6584@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6585
0816590b
AC
6586Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6587indicates when the release was made.
6588
6589@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6590
6591If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6592@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6593committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6594@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6595is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6596
6597Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6598
0816590b 6599@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6600
8642bc8f
AC
6601The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6602trunk.
8973da3a 6603
0816590b
AC
6604@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6605
6606Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6607Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6608generated by running:
6609
6610@smallexample
6611$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6612@end smallexample
6613
6614@noindent
6615The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6616of the most recent release.
6617
6618Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6619
8642bc8f 6620@section Post release
8973da3a 6621
8642bc8f 6622Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6623
085dd6e6
JM
6624@node Testsuite
6625
6626@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6627@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6628
56caf160
EZ
6629The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6630While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6631this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6632the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6633to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6634
b247355e
NR
6635The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6636tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6637runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6638
6639@section Using the Testsuite
6640
56caf160 6641@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6642To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6643testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6644environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6645the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6646and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6647finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6648
474c8240 6649@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6650 === gdb Summary ===
6651
6652# of expected passes 6016
6653# of unexpected failures 58
6654# of unexpected successes 5
6655# of expected failures 183
6656# of unresolved testcases 3
6657# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6658@end smallexample
56caf160 6659
a9f158ec
JB
6660To run a specific test script, type:
6661@example
6662make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6663@end example
6664where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6665spaces.
6666
085dd6e6
JM
6667The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6668conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6669real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6670failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6671hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6672everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6673being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6674lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6675Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6676reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6677catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6678program.
6679
6680When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6681testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6682regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6683run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6684compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6685testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6686options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6687host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6688mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6689
6690If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6691tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6692and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6693Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6694failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6695difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6696in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6697tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6698
e7dc800a
MC
6699DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6700some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6701the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6702will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6703
6704@smallexample
6705UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6706@end smallexample
6707
085dd6e6
JM
6708@section Testsuite Organization
6709
56caf160 6710@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6711The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6712testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6713and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6714handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6715@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6716all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6717configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6718definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6719
6720The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6721subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6722with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6723in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6724get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6725
6726The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6727are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6728located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6729execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6730intelligibility.
6731
56caf160 6732@table @file
085dd6e6 6733@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6734This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6735configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6736The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6737ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6738for prototypes).
6739
6740@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6741Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6742@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6743
6744@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6745Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6746(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6747HP-UX.
6748
6749@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6750Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
67511999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6752couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6753imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6754extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6755
6756@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6757Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6758instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6759@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6760@end table
6761
6762@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6763@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6764
25822942 6765In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6766should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6767
6768You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6769includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6770However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6771instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6772calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6773
6774Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
6775necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
6776a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
6777@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
6778prompts.
6779
6780Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
6781On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
6782spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
6783
6784The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6785style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6786styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6787instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6788never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6789uniformly.
6790
c906108c
SS
6791@node Hints
6792
6793@chapter Hints
6794
6795Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6796appear anywhere else in the directory.
6797
6798@menu
25822942 6799* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6800* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6801@end menu
6802
6803@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6804
6805@section Getting Started
6806
25822942 6807@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6808work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6809know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6810
25822942
DB
6811This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6812generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6813
6814Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6815comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6816function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6817explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6818free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6819out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6820actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6821
6822Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6823native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6824repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6825macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6826default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6827also documents all the available macros.
6828@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6829@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6830@c Conditionals})
6831
56caf160
EZ
6832Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6833@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6834@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6835code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6836
6837You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6838enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6839language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6840the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6841and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6842are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6843approach.
6844
25822942 6845Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6846specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6847function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6848will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6849calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6850(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6851called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6852functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6853one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6854structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6855the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6856look like.
6857
6858Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6859code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6860principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6861else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6862rather than worrying about all its details.
6863
56caf160
EZ
6864@cindex command implementation
6865A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6866a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6867single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6868@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6869via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6870which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6871the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6872@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6873command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6874display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6875not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6876tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6877breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6878
6879@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6880If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6881on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6882wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6883@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6884Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6885
33e16fad 6886@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6887
25822942 6888@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6889@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6890
25822942 6891If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6892fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6893Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6894debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6895./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6896@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6897
25822942 6898When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6899@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6900gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6901in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6902gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6903
6904If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6905you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6906routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6907@kbd{M-.}
6908
25822942 6909Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6910have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6911
6912@section Submitting Patches
6913
56caf160 6914@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6915Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6916@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6917Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6918changes.
6919
25822942
DB
6920The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6921This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6922
6923If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6924or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6925with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6926
56caf160 6927@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6928The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6929copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6930of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6931standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6932and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6933owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6934changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6935etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6936contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6937bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6938this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6939since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6940
6941Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6942feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6943Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6944header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6945each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6946needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6947@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6948single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6949
6950In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6951sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6952If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6953out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6954
9e0b60a8
JM
6955The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6956install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6957or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6958will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6959The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6960the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6961being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6962tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6963the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6964acceptable.
6965
6966If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6967of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6968installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6969reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6970complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6971they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6972permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6973be for quite some time.
c906108c 6974
56caf160 6975Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6976@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c 6977
36af4ef6
MD
6978@section Build Script
6979
6980@cindex build script
6981
6982The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
6983@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
6984targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
6985affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
6986@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
6987
6988After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
6989supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
6990information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
6991in the directory the script was called from.
6992
bcd7e15f 6993@include observer.texi
2154891a 6994@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6995@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6996@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6997
56caf160
EZ
6998@node Index
6999@unnumbered Index
7000
7001@printindex cp
7002
c906108c 7003@bye
This page took 1.023548 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.